Composition

Abstract

Provided is a composition comprising: (a) an active ingredient; and (b) a lipid mixture comprising: (i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) a steroid; and (iii) a negatively charged amphiphile having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion, wherein the composition is a lipid nanoparticle composition and is substantially free of polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids, and wherein the PEG portion of the polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipid has at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units.

Description

[Technical Field]

[0001] The present disclosure relates generally to the field of nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA, particularly mRNA) compositions comprising anionic amphiphiles (as alternatives to PEG-conjugated lipids or other stealth polymers conjugated to lipids), and particularly to the use of such compositions for delivering nucleic acids to cells of a subject or in therapy. [Background technology]

[0002] The use of recombinant nucleic acids (e.g., DNA or RNA) to deliver exogenous genetic information to target cells is well known. While recombinant nucleic acids may be administered to a subject in need thereof in their raw form, recombinant nucleic acids are typically administered using compositions. For example, nucleic acids such as RNA may be delivered to a subject using a variety of delivery vehicles, primarily based on cationic polymers or lipids that form nanoparticles with the nucleic acid. Nanoparticles are intended to protect nucleic acids such as RNA from degradation, enable delivery of nucleic acids such as RNA to target sites, and facilitate cellular uptake and processing by target cells. The efficiency of nucleic acid delivery depends in part on the molecular composition of the nanoparticles and can be affected by many parameters, including particle size, formulation, and charge.

[0003] Lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) are well-established delivery vehicles for RNA. Typically, LNPs contain a cationically ionizable lipid, a steroid (typically cholesterol), a neutral phospholipid (typically phosphatidylcholine or phosphatidylethanolamine), and a conjugated lipid, often a PEG-lipid. The cationically ionizable lipid is the primary component, serving the following purposes: (i) binding to and encapsulating the RNA cargo, and (ii) binding to and eventually mixing with lipids in the endosomal membrane, thereby facilitating endosomal escape. The cationically ionizable lipid, together with the steroid and neutral phospholipid, forms the body of the LNP, a polycationic particle. Typically, the LNP body cannot be isolated or stored alone due to colloidal instability. This is understood as aggregation between polycationic particles, which occurs even in the presence of small amounts of unencapsulated polynucleotides, such as RNA or DNA. Since biological materials such as proteins (albumin, immunoglobulins, etc.), lipoproteins, or cells are polyanions, a similar process of aggregate formation occurs when cationic particles are brought into contact with bodily fluids such as blood or lymph.

[0004] PEG lipids are one example of a broad class of lipids commonly referred to as "stealth lipids." According to "Whitesides' rule," as described in Le, TC et al. Sci. Rep. 2019, 9, 265, a surface that is resistant to stealth polymers or proteins should have the following characteristics: (a) polar (hydrophilic) functional groups, (b) hydrogen bond acceptor groups, (c) no hydrogen bond donor groups, and (d) no net charge. Examples of stealth polymers that have already been incorporated into nanomedicine include poly(sarcosine) (pSar), poly(2-oxazoline) (pOx), poly(oxazine) (pOz), poly(vinylpyrrolidone) (PVP), poly(N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide) (pHPMA), poly(dehydroalanine) (pDha), poly(aminoethoxyethoxyacetic acid) (pAEEA), and poly(2-methylaminoethoxyethoxyacetic acid) (pmAEEA). All of the above may be conjugated to lipids, and the term "stealth lipid" is generally used to describe stealth polymers when conjugated to lipids.

[0005] The colloidal instability and bioincompatibility of LNPs have been addressed by PEG-conjugated lipids or other stealth polymers, which provide a steric barrier between the polycationic particles and the polyanionic surfaces of cells or proteins. The steric hindrance provided by PEG prevents particle-particle fusion and promotes the formation of uniform aggregates of LNPs, achieving diameters of less than 100 nm.

[0006] However, incorporating PEG-conjugated lipids or other stealth polymers into LNPs as a vehicle for nucleic acid delivery presents several problems. PEG-conjugated lipids inhibit particle-cell interactions, which inhibits cellular uptake and reduces overall transfection efficiency. PEGylation has been associated with anti-PEG antibody-induced accelerated blood clearance (ABC) and / or complement activation, as well as storage diseases (Bendele A et al., Toxicological Sciences 1998, 42, 152-157; Young MA et al., 2007, Translational Research 149(6), 333-342; SM Moghimi, J. Szebeni, Progress in Lipid Research 2003 42:463-478). The presence of anti-PEG antibodies in plasma induces increased particle clearance by the monophagocyte system (MPS), ultimately reducing drug efficacy. Furthermore, because PEG is widely used as an ingredient in foods, cosmetics, hygiene products, and medicines, a certain percentage of the general population has "pre-existing" anti-PEG antibodies, which are associated with hypersensitivity reactions that can lead to reduced efficacy of PEGylated drugs and severe allergic symptoms.

[0007] Thus, the use of PEG-conjugated lipids is associated with hypersensitivity and the generation of anti-PEG antibodies, which limit or even prevent the therapeutic efficacy of PEGylated LNPs upon repeated administration. Without wishing to be bound by theory, similar immune recognition and antibody generation may occur in the setting of relapse treatment with nucleic acid therapy using LNPs containing other stealth polymers as delivery vehicles.

[0008] Therefore, the complex problems have created a need for alternative designs for nucleic acid carriers. It is therefore desirable to provide carriers that can act as vehicles for the delivery of active ingredients, particularly those that are colloidally stable and biocompatible upon administration, while not using PEG-conjugated lipids and other stealth polymers.

[0009] WO 02 / 66012 and Siepi et al. Biophys J. 2011, 100, 2412-2421 describe the use of anionic lipids for nucleic acid carriers. However, the carrier vehicle described in these documents is a liposome. Liposomes are typically self-closed unilamellar or multilamellar vesicular particles, the layers of which are lipid bilayers, and the encapsulated lumen contains an aqueous phase. Such liposomes differ from the lipid nanoparticle carriers of the present invention, which do not have an aqueous core. Instead, lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) typically contain a central complex of nucleic acid and lipids embedded in an irregular, non-lamellar phase of lipids. In some cases, such assemblies may be surrounded or partially surrounded by a lamellar lipid phase (Trollmann MFW & Boockmann RA, Biophysical Journal 2022 121(20): 3927-3939). Typically, LNPs do not contain or encapsulate an aqueous core or compartment.

[0010] Semple et al. Nature Biotech 2010, 28, 172-176 describes the mechanism of fusion of LNPs with endosomal membranes, in which lipid salts are formed between the cationically ionizable lipids of LNPs and the anionic lipids of the endosomal membrane. The anionic lipids in Semple are lipids of the endosomal membrane, and lipid salts are formed only upon fusion. Therefore, the use of anionic lipids in LNPs is not expected, since they cannot form lipid-salt complexes with the anionic lipids of the endosomal membrane, which are necessary for fusion and endosomal escape. From the teachings of Semple et al., it can be understood that the anionic lipids of LNPs compete with the anionic lipids from the endosomal membrane for pairing with the cationically ionizable lipids, which may even interfere with LNP membrane fusion. Furthermore, it is typically understood in the art that anionic lipids compete with negatively charged RNA for complex formation with the cationically ionizable lipids in LNPs. Thus, the general teachings in the art based on the structure and function of LNPs have presented obstacles to using anionic lipids in LNPs.

[0011] Despite such conceptual drawbacks, the use of anionic lipids in LNPs has been explored by other authors. For example, Cheng et al. Nature Nanotechnol., 2020, 15 (4) 313-320 describe the incorporation of anionic and / or cationic lipids into PEGylated LNPs, and Liu et al. Nat. Mater., 2021, 20, 701-710 describe the introduction of ionizable phospholipids that are net anionic at neutral pH into LNPs.

[0012] WO 2023 / 036960, which was unpublished at the earliest priority date of the present application, describes an LNP composition for nucleic acid delivery comprising phosphatidylserine and polysorbate 20 (i.e., Tween 20), which is in the form of a PEG-lipid having 20 repeating units of polyethylene glycol. It should be noted that the carriers described in all of these documents also all contain PEG-lipids and therefore do not solve the above-mentioned problem addressed by the present invention.

[0013] LNPs containing other PEG-lipid alternatives are also known in the art. International Publication No. 2020 / 069718 describes RNA particles containing polysarcosine. International Publication No. 2023 / 193892, which was unpublished on the priority date of this application, describes LNP compositions for nucleic acid delivery containing inorganic polyphosphate. U.S. Patent Application No. 63 / 370,046, which was unpublished on the filing date of this application, describes LNP compositions for nucleic acid delivery containing amphiphilic oligoethylene glycol (OEG)-conjugated compounds. [Prior art documents] [Patent documents]

[0014] [Patent Document 1] WO 02 / 66012 [Patent Document 2] International Publication No. 2023 / 036960 [Patent Document 3] International Publication No. 2020 / 069718 [Patent Document 4] International Publication No. 2023 / 193892 [Patent Document 5] U.S. Patent Application No. 63 / 370,046 [Non-patent literature]

[0015] [Non-Patent Document 1] Le, TC et al. Sci. Rep. 2019, 9, 265 [Non-patent document 2] Bendele A et al., Toxicological Sciences 1998, 42, 152-157 [Non-patent document 3] Young MA et al., 2007, Translational Research 149(6), 333-342 [Non-patent document 4] SM Moghimi, J. Szebeni, Progress in Lipid Research 2003 42:463-478 [Non-patent document 5] Siepi et al. Biophys J. 2011, 100, 2412-2421 [Non-patent document 6] Trollmann MFW & Bockmann RA, Biophysical Journal 2022 121(20): 3927-3939 [Non-Patent Document 7] Semple et al. Nature Biotech 2010, 28, 172-176 [Non-patent document 8] Cheng et al. Nature Nanotechnol., 2020, 15 (4) 313-320 [Non-Patent Document 9] Liu et al. Nat. Mater., 2021, 20, 701-710 Summary of the Invention [Means for solving the problem]

[0016] In a first aspect, the present disclosure provides a method for producing a pharmaceutical composition comprising: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, and (iii) Negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion (negatively charged amphiphiles) a lipid mixture comprising A composition comprising: The composition is a lipid nanoparticle composition, and is substantially free of polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipids, wherein the PEG moiety of the polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipid has at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units. In the composition of the present invention, the lipid mixture may further comprise a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, and optionally a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid.

[0017] In a second aspect, the present disclosure relates to a method for delivering an active ingredient (particularly, but not limited to, a nucleic acid) to cells of a subject, the method comprising administering to the subject a composition of the first aspect, it being understood that any embodiment described herein with respect to the first aspect can also be applied to any embodiment of the second aspect.

[0018] In a third aspect, the present disclosure provides a composition of the first aspect for use in medicine, particularly but not limited to use in the prophylactic and / or therapeutic treatment of diseases in which the antigen is involved, and / or for use in treating cancer, and / or in inducing an immune response.

[0019] In a fourth aspect, the present disclosure provides a method for making the composition of the first aspect. In one embodiment of the fourth aspect, there is provided a method for preparing a composition of the present invention, the composition comprising: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, and (iii) Negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion a lipid mixture comprising Including, the composition is substantially free of polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids, and the PEG portion of the polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipids has at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units; The method is (a) providing an active ingredient in an aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising a lipid mixture; (c) combining the aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b) to form a composition. In such methods, the lipid mixture may further comprise a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, optionally a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid.

[0020] Benefits and Surprising Findings The present inventors have surprisingly found that incorporating anionic amphiphiles into the lipid nanoparticles of the present invention as described herein results in lipid nanoparticles with excellent colloidal stability, even in the absence of PEG-lipids or other stealth polymers. Lipid nanoparticles containing anionic amphiphiles have a negative surface charge. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that the colloidal stability of lipid nanoparticles containing anionic amphiphiles is based on electrostatic repulsion, which differs from the steric hindrance-based colloidal stability imparted by PEGylated lipid nanoparticles (or other stealth lipid-containing nanoparticles). Lipid nanoparticles containing anionic amphiphiles are colloidally stable, can be frozen and thawed without loss of colloidal stability, and are biocompatible upon administration, even in the absence of PEGylated lipids or other stealth polymers. It has also been surprisingly found that these effects can be achieved even with only small amounts of anionic amphiphiles present in the lipid nanoparticles.

[0021] In certain embodiments, it has further been found that LNPs containing anionic amphiphiles but no stealth lipids have higher transfection efficiencies compared to matched controls containing such stealth lipids. Without wishing to be bound by theory, the absence of any stealth moiety may eliminate blockade of cell or membrane interactions. [Brief explanation of the drawings]

[0022] [Figure 1] FIG. 1 illustrates the particle size of lipid nanoparticles in which the neutral lipid DSPC is partially replaced by an anionic amphiphile in the presence of PEG-lipids as described in Example 1. [Figure 2] FIG. 1 illustrates the particle size of lipid nanoparticles in which the neutral lipid DSPC is partially replaced by an anionic amphiphile in the absence of PEG-lipid as described in Example 1. [Figure 3] FIG. 1 shows in vitro expression across various cell lines for PEGylated LNPs in which the neutral lipid DSPC is partially replaced by anionic amphiphiles in the presence or absence of serum as described in Example 1. [Figure 4] FIG. 1 shows the in vitro expression across various cell lines of PEG-lipid-free LNPs in which the neutral lipid DSPC is partially replaced by an anionic amphiphile in the presence or absence of serum as described in Example 1. [Figure 5] FIG. 1 shows in vitro expression for PEG-lipid-free LNPs in which anionic amphiphiles replaced neutral lipids in the fully combinatorial design described in Example 2. [Figure 6] FIG. 1 shows in vitro expression for PEG-lipid-free LNPs in which anionic amphiphiles replaced neutral lipids in the fully combinatorial design described in Example 2. [Figure 7] FIG. 1 shows in vitro expression for PEG-lipid-free LNPs in which anionic amphiphiles replaced neutral lipids in the fully combinatorial design described in Example 2. [Figure 8] FIG. 1 shows the distribution of luciferase expression in mice injected intramuscularly with LNPs containing anionic amphiphiles as described in Example 4. [Figure 9] FIG. 1 shows the expression kinetics of luciferase expression in mice intramuscularly injected with LNPs containing anionic amphiphiles as described in Example 4. [Figure 10]FIG. 1 shows the number of spot-forming units in an ELISPOT assay for LNPs containing anionic amphiphiles as described in Example 4. [Figure 11] FIG. 1 shows in vitro expression for stealth lipid-free anionic LNPs containing different cationically ionizable lipids in a fully combinatorial design as described in Example 6. [Figure 12] ~ [Figure 13] FIG. 1 shows in vitro expression for stealth lipid-free anionic LNPs containing different anionic amphiphiles for four different cationically ionizable lipids in the full combinatorial design described in Example 7. [Figure 14] ~ [Figure 15] FIG. 1 shows in vitro expression for stealth lipid-free anionic LNPs containing small amounts of three different anionic amphiphiles for two different cationically ionizable lipids in a fully combinatorial design as described in Example 8. [Figure 16] FIG. 1 shows a process flow diagram illustrating an exemplary improved manufacturing method for anionic LNPs described in Example 9. [Figure 17] FIG. 1 shows cryo-transmission electron microscopy (cryo-TEM) images of LNPs containing anionic amphiphiles but no stealth lipids. [Figure 18] FIG. 1 shows monitoring of antibody concentrations in the plasma (cpd Cserum) of rats administered doses of mRNA for 5 repeated injections ("X".Appl). DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

[0023] The elements of the present disclosure are described in more detail below. While these elements are listed with specific embodiments, it should be understood that they may be combined in any manner and in any number to create further embodiments. The various examples and preferred embodiments described should not be construed as limiting the disclosure to only the explicitly described embodiments. The description should be understood to support and encompass embodiments combining the explicitly described embodiments with any number of the disclosed and / or preferred elements. Furthermore, any permutation and combination of all elements described in this application should be considered to be disclosed by the description of this application, unless the context dictates otherwise.

[0024] Preferably, the terms used herein are defined as set forth in "A multilingual glossary of biotechnological terms: (IUPAC Recommendations)," H.G. W. Leuenberger, B. Nagel, and H. Kolbl, Eds., Helvetica Chimica Acta, CH-4010 Basel, Switzerland, (1995). The practice of the present disclosure will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of chemistry, biochemistry, cell biology, immunology, and recombinant DNA techniques as described in the literature in the art (e.g., Organikum, Deutscher Verlag der Wissenschaften, Berlin 1990; Streitwieser / Heathcook, "Organische Chemie", VCH, 1990; Beyer / Walter, "Lehrbuch der Organischen Chemie", S. Hirzel Verlag Stuttgart, 1988; Carey / Sundberg, "Organische Chemie", VCH, 1995; March, "Advanced Organic Chemistry", John Wiley & Sons, 1985; Ropp Chemie Lexikon, Falbe / Regitz (Hrsg.), Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York, 1989; Molecular Cloning: A 30 Laboratory Manual, 2nd Edition, J. Sambrook et al. eds., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor 1989).

[0025] All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by context. The use of any examples or exemplary language (e.g., "such as") provided herein is intended merely to better describe the disclosure and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the otherwise claimed disclosure. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element essential to the practice of the disclosure.

[0026] Recitation of ranges of values ​​herein is merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range, and unless otherwise indicated herein, each separate value is incorporated herein as if it were individually referred to herein.

[0027]

[0001] Several documents are cited throughout the text of this specification. Each of the documents cited herein (including all patents, patent applications, scientific publications, manufacturer's specifications, instructions, etc.), whether supra or infra, is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Nothing herein should be construed as an admission that the present invention is not entitled to antedate such disclosure by virtue of prior invention.

[0028] definition The following provides definitions that apply to all aspects of this disclosure. The following terms have the following meanings unless otherwise indicated. Any terms not defined have their art-recognized meanings.

[0029] Throughout this specification and the claims that follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise" and variations such as "comprises" and "comprising" will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated member, integer, or step, or group of members, integers, or steps, but not the exclusion of any other member, integer, or step, or group of members, integers, or steps. The term "consisting essentially of" means excluding other members, integers, or steps of any essential significance. The term "comprising" encompasses the term "consisting essentially of," which in turn encompasses the term "consisting of." Thus, wherever it appears in this application, the term "comprising" may be replaced by the term "consisting essentially of" or "consisting of." Similarly, wherever it appears in this application, the term "consisting essentially of" may be replaced by the term "consisting of."

[0030] As used in the context of describing this disclosure (particularly in the context of the claims), the terms "a," "an," and "the" and similar references are to be construed to encompass both the singular and the plural, unless otherwise indicated herein or clearly contradicted by context.

[0031] As used herein, "and / or" should be taken as a specific disclosure of each of the two specified features or components, with or without the other. For example, "X and / or Y" should be taken as a specific disclosure of (i) X, (ii) Y, and (iii) each of X and Y, just as if each were individually set forth herein.

[0032] In the context of the present disclosure, the term "about" indicates an interval of accuracy that a person skilled in the art would understand to still ensure the technical effect of the feature in question. This term typically indicates a deviation of ±5%, for example, ±4%, ±3%, ±2%, ±1%, ±0.9%, ±0.8%, ±0.7%, ±0.6%, ±0.5%, ±0.4%, ±0.3%, ±0.2%, ±0.1%, ±0.05%, for example, ±0.01% from the indicated numerical value. As will be recognized by a person skilled in the art, the specific deviation of the numerical value for a given technical effect will depend on the nature of the technical effect. For example, a natural or biological technical effect may generally have a greater deviation than an artificial or engineered technical effect.

[0033] As used herein, "physiological pH" refers to a pH of about 7.5 or about 7.4. In some embodiments, the physiological pH is 7.3 to 7.5. In some embodiments, the physiological pH is 7.35 to 7.45. In some embodiments, the physiological pH is 7.3, 7.35, 7.4, 7.45, or 7.5.

[0034] As used herein, "physiological conditions" refers to the conditions (especially pH and temperature) in a living subject, particularly a human. Preferably, physiological conditions refer to physiological pH and / or a temperature of about 37°C.

[0035] As used in this disclosure, "mol %" is defined as the ratio of the number of moles of one component to the total number of moles of all components multiplied by 100.

[0036] As used in this disclosure, "mol % of total lipids" is defined as the ratio of the number of 10 moles of one lipid component to the total number of moles of total lipids, multiplied by 100. In this context, in some embodiments, the term "total lipids" includes lipids and lipid-like substances.

[0037] As used herein, the phrase "substantially free of X" means that a mixture (e.g., a composition described herein or an aqueous phase thereof) is, in a manner that is practically and realistically achievable, free of X. For example, if a mixture is substantially free of X, the amount of X in the mixture can be less than 1 wt. % (e.g., less than 0.5 wt. %, less than 0.4 wt. %, less than 0.3 wt. %, less than 0.2 wt. %, less than 0.1 wt. %, less than 0.09 wt. %, less than 0.08 wt. %, less than 0.07 wt. %, less than 0.06 wt. %, less than 0.05 wt. %, less than 0.04 wt. %, less than 0.03 wt. %, less than 0.02 wt. %, less than 0.01 wt. %, less than 0.005% wt., or less than 0.001 wt. %) based on the total weight of the mixture.

[0038] For example, as used herein, "substantially free of polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipids in which the PEG moiety of the polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipid has at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units" means that the composition does not contain the polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids described in a practically and realistically feasible manner. For example, when the composition is substantially free of lipids containing the polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids described in the composition, the amount of lipids containing the polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids described in the composition can be less than 1% by weight (e.g., less than 0.5% by weight, less than 0.4% by weight, less than 0.3% by weight, less than 0.2% by weight, less than 0.1% by weight, less than 0.09% by weight, less than 0.08% by weight, less than 0.07% by weight, less than 0.06% by weight, less than 0.05% by weight, less than 0.04% by weight, less than 0.03% by weight, less than 0.02% by weight, less than 0.01% by weight, less than 0.005% by weight, or less than 0.001% by weight), based on the total weight of the mixture. Similar considerations apply to the phrase "substantially free" (e.g., but not limited to, "substantially free of polysarcosine-lipid conjugates or conjugates of polysarcosine and lipid-like substances," "substantially free of stealth polymers," "substantially free of phosphatidylserine," "substantially free of inorganic polyphosphates," "substantially free of polyoxazoline (POX)-conjugated and / or polyoxazine (POZ)-conjugated lipids," "substantially free of poly(vinylpyrrolidone) (PVP)," "substantially free of poly(N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide) (pHPMA)," "substantially free of poly(dehydroalanine) (pDha)," "substantially free of amphiphilic oligoethylene glycol (OEG)-conjugated lipids," and "substantially free of poly(aminoethoxyethoxyacetic acid) (pAEEA) and / or poly(mN-methylaminoethoxyethoxyacetic acid (pmAEEA))."

[0039] As used herein, the term "hydrocarbyl" refers to a monovalent organic group obtained by removing one H atom from a hydrocarbon molecule. In some embodiments, the hydrocarbyl group is acyclic, e.g., linear (straight-chain) or branched. Typical examples of hydrocarbyl groups include alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, and combinations thereof (e.g., arylalkyl (aralkyl), etc.). Specific examples of hydrocarbyl groups include C 1-40 Alkyl (e.g., C 6-40 Alkyl, C 6-30 Alkyl, C 6-20 Alkyl, or C 10-20 alkyl), C with 1, 2 or 3 double bonds 2-40 Alkenyl (e.g., C 6-40 Alkenyl, C 6-30 Alkenyl, or C 6-20 alkenyl), aryl, and aryl (C 1-6 In some embodiments, the hydrocarbyl group may be substituted with one or more, such as 1, 2 or 3, such as 1 or 2, for example 1, substituents selected from List A.

[0040] The term "heterohydrocarbyl" means a hydrocarbyl group as defined above wherein 1, 2, 3 or 4 carbon atoms of the hydrocarbyl group have been replaced by an oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, selenium, phosphorus or sulfur heteroatom, preferably O, S or N. In one embodiment, the heterohydrocarbyl is substituted by one or more, for example 1, 2 or 3, for example 1 or 2, for example 1, substituents selected from List A.

[0041] The term "alkyl" refers to a saturated linear or branched hydrocarbon monoradical. Preferably, the alkyl group contains 1 to 40, i.e. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39 or 40 carbon atoms, such as 1 to 30, for example 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example 1 to 12 carbon atoms, for example 1 to 10 carbon atoms, for example 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Exemplary alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl (also referred to as 2-propyl or 1-methylethyl), butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, sec-pentyl, neopentyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, isoamyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl, sec-hexyl, n-heptyl, isoheptyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-nonyl, n-decyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-undecyl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, n-heptadecyl, n-octadecyl, n-nonadecyl, n-icosyl, n-triacontyl, n-tetracontyl, and the like. "Substituted alkyl" means that one or more (e.g., 1 up to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the alkyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of an alkyl group have been replaced with a non-hydrogen substituent (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents may be the same or different). In one embodiment, the alkyl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1 substituent selected from List A. Examples of substituted alkyl include chloromethyl, dichloromethyl, fluoromethyl, and difluoromethyl.

[0042] The term "alkylene" refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon diradical. Preferably, the alkylene group comprises 1 to 40, i.e. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39 or 40 carbon atoms, such as 1 to 30, for example 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example 1 to 12 carbon atoms, for example 1 to 10 carbon atoms, for example 1 to 8 carbon atoms, for example 1 to 6 or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Exemplary alkylene groups include methylene, ethylene (i.e., 1,1-ethylene, 1,2-ethylene), propylene (i.e., 1,1-propylene, 1,2-propylene (-CH(CH)CH-), 2,2-propylene (-C(CH)-), and 1,3-propylene), butylene isomers (e.g., 1,1-butylene, 1,2-butylene, 2,2-butylene, 1,3-butylene, 2,3-butylene (cis or trans or mixtures thereof), 1,4-butylene, 1,1-isobutylene, 1,2-isobutylene, and 1,3-isobutylene), pentylene isomers (e.g., 1,1-pentylene, 1,2-pentylene, 1,3-pentylene, 1,4-pentylene, 1,5-pentylene, 1,1-isopentylene, 1,2-isobutylene, and 1,3-isobutylene), and 1,3-isobutylene. ,1-sec-pentyl, 1,1-neopentyl), hexylene isomers (e.g., 1,1-hexylene, 1,2-hexylene, 1,3-hexylene, 1,4-hexylene, 1,5-hexylene, 1,6-hexylene, 1,1-isohexylene), heptylene isomers (e.g., 1,1-heptylene, 1,2-heptylene, 1,3-heptylene, 1,4-heptylene), These include isomers of octylene (e.g., 1,1-octylene, 1,5-heptylene, 1,6-heptylene, 1,7-heptylene, 1,1-isoheptylene), octylene isomers (e.g., 1,1-octylene, 1,2-octylene, 1,3-octylene, 1,4-octylene, 1,5-octylene, 1,6-octylene, 1,7-octylene, 1,8-octylene, 1,1-isooctylene), etc. A linear alkylene moiety having at least three carbon atoms and a free valence at each end can also be designated as multiple methylenes (e.g., 1,4-butylene may be referred to as tetramethylene).In general, instead of using the suffix "ylene" for the alkylene moiety as specified above, the suffix "diyl" can also be used (e.g., 1,2-butylene can be referred to as butane-1,2-diyl). "Substituted alkylene" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the alkylene group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (where more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents can be the same or different). In one embodiment, the alkylene is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1 substituent selected from List A.

[0043] The term "alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated, linear or branched hydrocarbon monoradical having at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Generally, the maximum number of carbon-carbon double bonds in an alkenyl group can be equal to the integer calculated by dividing the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group by 2, and, if the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is odd, rounding the result of the division to the next lower integer. For example, for an alkenyl group having 9 carbon atoms, the maximum number of carbon-carbon double bonds is 4. Preferably, the alkenyl group has 1 to 6 (e.g., 1 to 4), i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbon-carbon double bonds. Preferably, the alkenyl group contains 2 to 40 carbon atoms, such as 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as 2 to 12 carbon atoms, such as 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as 2 to 8 carbon atoms, such as 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, the alkenyl group contains 2 to 40, such as 2 to 30, such as 2 to 20, such as 2 to 12, for example 2 to 10 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 (for example 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) carbon-carbon double bonds, for example 2 to 8 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon double bonds, for example 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1, 2, or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double bonds. The carbon-carbon double bonds may be in the cis (Z) or trans (E) configuration.Exemplary alkenyl groups include vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl (i.e., allyl), 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 2-heptenyl, 3-heptenyl, 4-heptenyl, 5-heptenyl, 6-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 2-octenyl , 3-octenyl, 4-octenyl, 5-octenyl, 6-octenyl, 7-octenyl, 1-nonenyl, 2-nonenyl, 3-nonenyl, 4-nonenyl, 5-nonenyl, 6-nonenyl, 7-nonenyl, 8-nonenyl, 1-decenyl, 2-decenyl, 3-decenyl, 4-decenyl, 5-decenyl, 6-decenyl, 7-decenyl, 8-decenyl, 9-decenyl, 1-undecenyl, 2-undecenyl, 3-undecenyl, 4-undecenyl, 5 Examples include 5-undecenyl, 6-undecenyl, 7-undecenyl, 8-undecenyl, 9-undecenyl, 10-undecenyl, 1-dodecenyl, 2-dodecenyl, 3-dodecenyl, 4-dodecenyl, 5-dodecenyl, 6-dodecenyl, 7-dodecenyl, 8-dodecenyl, 9-dodecenyl, 10-dodecenyl, 11-dodecenyl, etc. "Substituted alkenyl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the alkenyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of an alkenyl group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents can be the same or different). In one embodiment the alkenyl is substituted by one or more, such as 1, 2 or 3, such as 1 or 2, for example 1, substituents selected from list A.

[0044] The term "alkenylene" refers to an unsaturated linear or branched hydrocarbon diradical having at least one carbon-carbon double bond. Generally, the maximum number of carbon-carbon double bonds in an alkenylene group can be equal to the integer calculated by dividing the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene group by 2, and, if the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylene group is odd, rounding the result of the division to the next lower integer. For example, for an alkenylene group having 9 carbon atoms, the maximum number of carbon-carbon double bonds is 4. Preferably, the alkenylene group has 1 to 6 (e.g., 1 to 4), i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 carbon-carbon double bonds. Preferably, the alkenylene group contains 2 to 12 (e.g., 2 to 10) carbon atoms, i.e., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12 carbon atoms (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms), more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms, e.g., 2 to 6 carbon atoms, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Thus, in a preferred embodiment, the alkenylene group contains 2 to 12 (e.g., 2 to 10 carbon atoms) atoms and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) carbon-carbon double bonds, more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon-carbon double bonds, e.g., 2 to 6 carbon atoms and 1, 2, or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms and 1 or 2 carbon-carbon double bonds. The carbon-carbon double bonds may be in a cis (Z) or trans (E) configuration. Exemplary alkenylene groups include ethene-1,2-diyl, vinylidene (also called ethenylidene), 1-propene-1,2-diyl, 1-propene-1,3-diyl, 1-propene-2,3-diyl, allylidene, 1-butene-1,2-diyl, 1-butene-1,3-diyl, 1-butene-1,4-diyl, 1-butene-2,3-diyl, 1-butene-2,4-diyl, 1-butene-3,4-diyl, 2-butene-1,2-diyl, 2-butene-1,3-diyl, 2-butene-1,4-diyl, 2-butene-2,3-diyl, 2-butene-2,4-diyl, 2-butene-3,4-diyl, and the like."Substituted alkenylene" means that one or more (e.g., 1 up to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the alkenylene group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 15, 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of an alkenylene group have been replaced with a non-hydrogen substituent (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents can be the same or different). In one embodiment, the alkenylene is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1 substituent selected from List A.

[0045] The term "alkynyl" refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon moiety having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, wherein the total number of carbon atoms therein can be 6 to 40, e.g., 6 to 30, typically 6 to 20, e.g., 6 to 18. An alkynyl group may have one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. Generally, the maximum number of carbon-carbon triple bonds in an alkynyl group can be equal to the integer calculated by dividing the number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group by 2, and, if the number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group is odd, rounding the result of the division to the next lower integer. For example, for an alkynyl group having 9 carbon atoms, the maximum number of carbon-carbon triple bonds is 4. Preferably, the alkynyl group has 1 to 6 (e.g., 1 to 4), i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, more preferably 1 or 2, carbon-carbon triple bonds. "Substituted alkynyl" means that one or more (e.g., 1 up to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the alkynyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of an alkynyl group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents may be the same or different). In one embodiment, the alkynyl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0046] The terms "cycloalkyl" and "cycloalkenyl" refer to cyclic, non-aromatic versions of "alkyl" and "alkenyl," preferably containing 3 to 40, e.g., 3 to 30, e.g., 3 to 20, e.g., 3 to 14, carbon atoms, e.g., 3 to 12 or 3 to 10 carbon atoms, i.e., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14 carbon atoms (e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms), more preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Exemplary cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, and adamantyl. Exemplary cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopropenyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclononenyl, and cyclodecenyl. A cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl group can consist of one ring (monocyclic), two rings (bicyclic), or three or more rings (polycyclic). "Substituted cycloalkyl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the cycloalkyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the cycloalkyl group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (where more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents may be the same or different). In one embodiment, the cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0047] The terms "cycloalkylene" and "cycloalkenylene" refer to cyclic, non-aromatic versions of "alkylene" and "alkenylene," preferably containing 3 to 40, e.g., 3 to 30, e.g., 3 to 20, e.g., 3 to 14, carbon atoms, e.g., 3 to 12 or 3 to 10 carbon atoms, i.e., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14 carbon atoms (e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms), more preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Exemplary cycloalkylene groups include cyclopropylene, cyclobutylene, cyclopentylene, cyclohexylene, and cycloheptylene. Exemplary cycloalkylene groups include cyclopentenylene and cyclohexenylene.

[0048] The term "aryl" refers to a monoradical of an aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon. Preferably, an aryl group contains 3 to 14 (e.g., 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 5, 6, or 10) carbon atoms, which can be arranged in a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or two or more fused rings (e.g., naphthyl). Exemplary aryl groups include cyclopropenylium, cyclopentadienyl, phenyl, indenyl, naphthyl, azulenyl, fluorenyl, anthryl, and phenanthryl. Preferably, "aryl" refers to a monocyclic ring containing 6 carbon atoms or an aromatic bicyclic ring system containing 10 carbon atoms. Preferred examples are phenyl and naphthyl. Aryl does not include fullerenes. "Substituted aryl" means that one or more (e.g., 1 up to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the aryl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of an aryl group have been replaced with a non-hydrogen substituent (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents may be the same or different). In one embodiment, the aryl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1 substituent selected from List A. Examples of substituted aryl include biphenyl, 2-fluorophenyl, 2-chloro-6-methylphenyl, anilinyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, and methoxyphenyl (i.e., 2-, 3-, or 4-methoxyphenyl).

[0049] The term "heteroaryl" or "heteroaromatic ring" refers to an aryl group, as defined above, in which one or more carbon atoms of the aryl group are replaced by an O, S, or N heteroatom. Preferably, heteroaryl refers to a 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic ring in which one, two, or three carbon atoms are replaced by the same or different O, N, or S heteroatoms. Alternatively, it refers to an aromatic bicyclic or tricyclic ring system in which one, two, three, four, or five carbon atoms are replaced by the same or different O, N, or S heteroatoms. Preferably, in each ring of a heteroaryl group, the maximum number of O atoms is 1, the maximum number of S atoms is 1, and the maximum total number of O and S atoms is 2. Exemplary heteroaryl groups include furanyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, benzothienyl, 1H-indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, indoxazinyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, and the like. These include zolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzodiazinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, benzotriazinyl, pyridazinyl, phenoxazinyl, thiazolopyridinyl, pyrrolothiazolyl, phenothiazinyl, isobenzofuranyl, chromenyl, xanthenyl, pyrrolidinyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, phthalazinyl, naphthyridinyl, cinnolinyl, pteridinyl, carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, and phenazinyl. Exemplary 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl groups include furanyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl (e.g., 2-imidazolyl), pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl (e.g., 4-pyridyl), pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, and pyridazinyl."Substituted heteroaryl" means that one or more (e.g., 1 up to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the heteroaryl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of a heteroaryl group have been replaced with a non-hydrogen substituent (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents can be the same or different). In one embodiment, the heteroaryl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0050] The term "heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic ring" refers to a cycloalkyl group, as defined above, in which 1, 2, 3, or 4 carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group have been replaced by a heteroatom of oxygen, nitrogen, silicon, selenium, phosphorus, or sulfur, preferably O, S, or N. A heterocyclyl group preferably has one or two rings containing 3 to 10, e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7, ring atoms. Preferably, in each ring of a heterocyclyl group, the maximum number of O atoms is 1, the maximum number of S atoms is 1, and the maximum total number of O and S atoms is 2. The term "heterocyclyl" is also meant to include partially or fully hydrogenated forms (e.g., dihydro, tetrahydro, or perhydro forms) of the heteroaryl groups mentioned above. Exemplary heterocyclyl groups include morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, piperidinyl (also called piperidyl), piperazinyl, di- and tetra-hydrofuranyl, di- and tetra-hydrothienyl, di- and tetra-hydropyranyl, urotropinyl, lactone, lactam, cyclic imide, and cyclic anhydride. "Substituted heterocyclyl" means that one or more (e.g., 1 to up to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms attached to the heterocyclyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of a heterocyclyl group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents can be the same or different). In one embodiment the heterocyclyl is substituted by one or more, such as 1, 2 or 3, such as 1 or 2, for example 1, substituents selected from list A.

[0051] The term "alkylcycloalkyl" refers to a cycloalkyl group, as defined above, substituted by an alkyl group, as defined above, wherein the cycloalkyl portion is connected to the rest of the molecule. Each of the cycloalkyl and alkyl portions of this group may have any of the broadest or preferred meanings mentioned above. "Substituted alkylcycloalkyl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the alkylcycloalkyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the alkyl or cycloalkyl portion of this group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents may be the same or different). In one embodiment, the alkylcycloalkyl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0052] The term "cycloalkylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, substituted by a cycloalkyl group, as defined above, wherein the alkyl portion is connected to the rest of the molecule. Each of the cycloalkyl and alkyl portions of this group may have any of the broadest or preferred meanings mentioned above. "Substituted cycloalkylalkyl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the cycloalkylalkyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the alkyl or cycloalkyl portion of this group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents may be the same or different). In one embodiment, the cycloalkylalkyl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0053] The term "alkylcycloalkylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, substituted by a cycloalkyl group, as defined above, wherein the alkyl portion is connected to the remainder of the molecule and the cycloalkyl portion is in turn substituted by a further alkyl group. Each of the cycloalkyl and alkyl portions of the group can have any of the broadest or preferred meanings mentioned above. "Substituted alkylcycloalkylalkyl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the alkylcycloalkylalkyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the alkyl or cycloalkyl portion of the group have been replaced with a non-hydrogen substituent (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents can be the same or different). In one embodiment, the alkylcycloalkylalkyl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0054] The term "alkylaryl" refers to an aryl group, as defined above, substituted by an alkyl group, as defined above, wherein the aryl moiety is connected to the rest of the molecule. Each of the aryl and alkyl moieties of the group may have any of the broadest or preferred meanings mentioned above. "Substituted alkylaryl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the alkylaryl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the alkyl or aryl portion of the group have been replaced with a non-hydrogen substituent (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents may be the same or different). In one embodiment, the alkylaryl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0055] The term "arylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, substituted by an aryl group, as defined above, wherein the alkyl portion is connected to the rest of the molecule. Each of the aryl and alkyl portions of the group may have any of the broadest or preferred meanings mentioned above. "Substituted arylalkyl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the arylalkyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the alkyl or aryl portion of the group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (when two or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced, the substituents may be the same or different). In one embodiment, the arylalkyl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0056] The term "alkylheteroaryl" refers to a heteroaryl group, as defined above, substituted by an alkyl group, as defined above, wherein the heteroaryl moiety is connected to the rest of the molecule. Each of the heteroaryl and alkyl moieties of this group can have any of the broadest or preferred meanings mentioned above. "Substituted alkylheteroaryl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the alkylheteroaryl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the alkyl or heteroaryl portion of this group have been replaced with a non-hydrogen substituent (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents can be the same or different). In one embodiment, the alkylheteroaryl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0057] The term "heteroarylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, substituted by a heteroaryl group, as defined above, wherein the alkyl portion is connected to the rest of the molecule. Each of the aryl and alkyl portions of the group can have any of the broadest or preferred meanings mentioned above. "Substituted heteroarylalkyl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the heteroarylalkyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the alkyl or heteroaryl portion of the group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents can be the same or different). In one embodiment, the heteroarylalkyl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0058] The term "alkylheterocyclyl" refers to a heterocyclyl group, as defined above, substituted by an alkyl group, as defined above, wherein the heterocyclyl moiety is connected to the rest of the molecule. Each of the heterocyclyl and alkyl moieties of this group may have any of the broadest or preferred meanings mentioned above. "Substituted alkylheterocyclyl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the alkylheterocyclyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the alkyl or heterocyclyl portion of this group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (where two or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced, the substituents may be the same or different). In one embodiment, the alkylheterocyclyl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0059] The term "heterocyclylalkyl" refers to an alkyl group, as defined above, substituted by a heterocyclyl group, as defined above, wherein the alkyl portion is connected to the rest of the molecule. Each of the heterocyclyl and alkyl portions of this group may have any of the broadest or preferred meanings mentioned above. "Substituted heterocyclylalkyl" means that one or more (e.g., from 1 to the maximum number of hydrogen atoms bonded to the heterocyclylalkyl group, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10, e.g., 1-5, 1-4, or 1-3, or 1 or 2) hydrogen atoms of the alkyl or heterocyclyl portion of this group have been replaced with non-hydrogen substituents (when more than one hydrogen atom has been replaced, the substituents may be the same or different). In one embodiment, the heterocyclylalkyl is substituted with one or more, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 1 or 2, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 ...

[0060] The term "organosulfuric acid" or "sulfate" refers to a compound of formula R-OSO-OH, where R is a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). The term "sulfate" is used when this group is deprotonated. Depending on the pH, the sulfate group is protonated or deprotonated (in anionic amphiphiles, as defined below, sulfonic acid groups are typically deprotonated at physiological pH).

[0061] The term "sulfonic acid" or "sulfonate" refers to a compound of formula R-SO-OH, where R is a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). The term "sulfonate" is used when this group is deprotonated. Depending on the pH, the sulfonate group is protonated or deprotonated (in anionic amphiphiles, as defined below, the sulfonate group is typically deprotonated at physiological pH).

[0062] The term "carboxylic acid" or "carboxylate" refers to a compound of formula R-COH, where R is a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). The term "carboxylate" is used when this group is deprotonated. Depending on the pH, the carboxylic acid is either protonated or deprotonated (in anionic amphiphiles, as defined below, the carboxylic acid group is typically protonated at acidic pH and deprotonated at neutral or alkaline pH).

[0063] The term "dicarboxylic acid" or "dicarboxylate" refers to a compound of formula HO2C-R'-CO2H, where R' is an alkylene or alkenylene group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). The term "dicarboxylate" is used when this group is deprotonated. Depending on the pH, the dicarboxylic acid is either protonated or deprotonated (in anionic amphiphiles, as defined below, the dicarboxylic acid group is typically protonated at acidic or neutral pH and deprotonated at alkaline pH).

[0064] As used herein, the term "ester" refers to a compound having the structure RC(O)O-R' (including the isomeric structure R-OC(O)-R' unless otherwise specified), where R and R' are each independently a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred aspects). When this term denotes a substituent connected to the remainder of a molecule, the ester moiety may have the structure RC(O)O- or R-OC(O)-, where R is as defined above. In one embodiment, each of the two ends of the ester structure is covalently linked to a C atom of the same organic group or two separate organic groups (e.g., alkylene groups as further components of a linker).

[0065] The term "hemiester" as used herein in reference to a functional moiety refers to an ester of a dicarboxylic acid, as defined above, in which one of the carboxylic acid groups forms an ester bond with the rest of the molecule and the other carboxylic acid group is free. Depending on the pH, the free carboxylic acid group is protonated or deprotonated (in anionic amphiphiles, as defined below, the free carboxylic acid group is typically protonated at acidic pH and deprotonated at neutral or alkaline pH).

[0066] The term "phosphate" refers to a compound of formula R-O-P(=O)(OH)2, where R is a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). Depending on the pH, the phosphate group is protonated or deprotonated (in anionic amphiphiles, as defined below, the phosphate group is typically deprotonated at physiological pH).

[0067] The term "phosphonate" refers to a compound of formula R-P(=O)(OH), where R is a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). Depending on the pH, the phosphonate group is protonated or deprotonated (in anionic amphiphiles, as defined below, the phosphonate group is typically deprotonated at physiological pH).

[0068] "Halo" means fluoro (-F), chloro (-Cl), bromo (-Br), or iodo (-I).

[0069] "Amine" refers to the group -NR2, where R is a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments), preferably an alkyl group, such as C 1-6 The amine group is an alkyl group. When both groups R are hydrogen, the amine group is a primary amine group. When one R is hydrogen and the other R is other than hydrogen, the amine group is a secondary amine group. When both groups R are other than hydrogen, the amine group is a tertiary amine group. Preferred examples of tertiary amine groups are defined and exemplified below in relation to cationically ionizable lipids.

[0070] "Hydroxyl" means the group -OH. "Sulfhydryl" means the group -SH. "Nitro" means the group -NO2.

[0071] "Ether" means an oxygen atom to which two hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl groups, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl groups, (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments) are bonded. The ether may be a cyclic ether, where the two hydrocarbyl groups together form a ring, and may include a dioxolane group.

[0072] "Thioether" means a sulfur atom to which two hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl groups, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl groups, (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments) are bonded. The thioether may be a cyclic thioether, where the two hydrocarbyl groups together form a ring, and may include a dithiane group.

[0073] "Amido" refers to the group -C(=O)NR(R'), where R and R' are each independently hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments), preferably an alkyl group, such as C 1-6 It is an alkyl group.

[0074] "Hydroxylamido" refers to the group -C(=O)O-NR(R'), where R and R' are each independently hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group, all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments.

[0075] "Sulfonamido" refers to the group -S(=O)NRR', where R and R' are each independently hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments), preferably an alkyl group, such as C 1-6 It is an alkyl group.

[0076] "Carbamate" refers to the group -OC(=O)NRR', where R and R' are each independently hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments), preferably an alkyl group, such as C 1-6 It is an alkyl group.

[0077] "Carbohydrates" have the empirical formula C m (H2O) nwhere m may or may not be different from n. The term "carbohydrate residue" or "carbohydrate moiety" defines a carbohydrate residue in which one hydrogen atom of a carbohydrate is replaced by a bond to another atom. The carbohydrate moiety may be a monosaccharide moiety. The monosaccharide moiety may have a D- or L-configuration. Furthermore, the monosaccharide moiety may be an aldose moiety or a ketose moiety. Suitably, the monosaccharide moiety may have 3 to 8, preferably 4 to 6, and more preferably 5 or 6 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the monosaccharide moiety is a hexose moiety (i.e., it has 6 carbon atoms). Examples include aldohexoses such as glucose, galactose, allose, altose, mannose, gulose, idose, and talose, and ketohexoses such as fructose and sorbose. Preferably, the hexose moiety is a glucose moiety.

[0078] In another embodiment, the monosaccharide moiety is a pentose moiety (i.e., which has 5 carbon atoms), such as ribose, arabinose, xylose, or lyxose. Preferably, the pentose moiety is an arabinose or xylose moiety.

[0079] In another embodiment, the carbohydrate may be a higher sugar (i.e., a disaccharide or oligosaccharide) consisting of two or more monosaccharide moieties linked together by a glycosidic bond. When the monosaccharide moiety is a hexose moiety, the glycosidic bond may be a 1-α,1'-α glycosidic bond, a 1,2'-glycosidic bond (which may be a 1-α2' or a 1'-β2' glycosidic bond), a 1,3'-glycosidic bond (which may be a 1-α-3' or a 1-β-3' glycosidic bond), a 1,4'-glycosidic bond (which may be a 1-α-4' or a 1-β-4' glycosidic bond), a 1,6'-glycosidic bond (which may be a 1-α-6' or a 1-β-6' glycosidic bond), or any combination thereof. In one embodiment, the higher sugar is composed of two monosaccharide units (i.e., a disaccharide). Examples of suitable disaccharides include maltose, isomaltose, isomaltulose, lactose, sucrose, cellobiose, nigerose, kojibiose, trehalose, and trehalulose. In another embodiment, the higher sugars are branched or unbranched chains of 3 to 10 monosaccharide units (i.e., oligosaccharides). Preferably, oligosaccharides are 3 to 8, more preferably 3 to 6, monosaccharide units. Examples of suitable oligosaccharides include maltodextrin, maltotriose, maltotetraose, maltopentaose, maltohexaose, maltoheptaose, melezitose, cellotriose, cellotetraose, cellopentaose, cellohexaose, and celloheptaose.

[0080] A "phosphatidic acid" is a compound of the formula RC(=O)-O-CH-CH-[O-(C=O)-R']-CH-O-P(=O)(OH), i.e., a compound having a glycerol backbone with an acyl group RC(=O)-O- attached to the carbon at position 1, another acyl group R'C(=O)-O- attached to the carbon at position 2, and a phosphate group attached to the carbon at position 3. Typically, the phosphate group is deprotonated, thereby making the group anionic at physiological pH. The groups R and R' may be the same or different and each independently represents hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). Preferably, the group R is an alkyl group, such as C 6-30 Preferably, the group R' is an alkenyl group, such as C 6-30 It is an alkenyl group.

[0081] "Phosphatidylserine" is a compound of the formula RC(=O)-O-CH-CH-[O-(C=O)-R']-CH-O-P(=O)(OH)O-CH-CH(NH)COOH, i.e., a compound having a glycerol backbone with an acyl group RC(=O)-O- attached to the carbon at position 1, another acyl group R'C(=O)-O- attached to the carbon at position 2, and a phosphate group attached to the carbon at position 3, the phosphate also being esterified by the hydroxyl moiety of a serine residue. Typically, the phosphate group is deprotonated, thereby making the group anionic at physiological pH. The serine amino acid moiety may be in zwitterionic form. The groups R and R' may be the same or different and each independently represents hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). Preferably, the group R is an alkyl group, such as C 6-30 Preferably, the group R' is an alkenyl group, such as C 6-30 It is an alkenyl group.

[0082] A "phosphatidylglycerol" is a compound of formula RC(=O)-O-CH-CH-[-O-(C=O)-R']-CH-O-P(=O)(OH)O-CH-CH(OH)CHOH, i.e., a compound having a first glycerol backbone with an acyl group RC(=O)-O- attached to carbon at position 1, another acyl group R'C(=O)-O- attached to carbon at position 2, and a phosphate group attached to carbon at position 3, the phosphate group being esterified by a second glycerol moiety. Typically, the phosphate group is deprotonated, thereby making the group anionic at physiological pH. The groups R and R' may be the same or different and each independently represents hydrogen or a hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl group, such as alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, alkylarylalkyl, alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl group (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). Preferably, the group R is an alkyl group, such as C 6-30 Preferably, the group R' is an alkenyl group, such as C 6-30 It is an alkenyl group.

[0083] "List A" substituents are C 1-6 Alkyl, C 2-6 Alkenyl, C 2-6 Alkynyl, 6- to 14-membered (e.g., 6- to 10-membered) aryl, 3- to 14-membered (e.g., 5- or 6-membered) heteroaryl, 3- to 14-membered (e.g., 3- to 7-membered) cycloalkyl, 3- to 14-membered (e.g., 3- to 7-membered) heterocyclyl, halogen, -CN, azide, -NO2, -OR', -N(R')2, -S(O) 0-2 R', -S(O) 1-2 OR', -OS(O) 1-2 R', -OS(O) 1-2 OR', -S(O) 1-2 N(R')2, -OS(O) 1-2 N(R')2, -N(R')S(O) 1-2R', -N(R')S(O) 1-2 OR', -C(=X 1 )R', -C(=X 1 )X 1 R', -X 1 C(=X 1 )R', and -X 1 C(=X 1 )X 1 R', and X 1 are independently selected from O, S, NH, and N(CH3), and each R' is independently H, C 1-4 Alkyl, C 2-4 Alkenyl, C 2-4 and each of the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl groups is selected from the group consisting of C 1-3 Alkyl, halogen, -CF3, -CN, azide, -NO2, -OH, -O(C 1-3 alkyl), -S(C 1-3 alkyl), -NH2, -NH(C 1-3 alkyl), -N(C 1-3 alkyl)2, -NHS(O)2(C 1-3 alkyl), -S(O)2NH 2-z (C 1-3 alkyl) z , -C(=O)OH, -C(=O)O(C 1-3 alkyl), -C(=O)NH 2-z (C 1-3 alkyl) z , -NHC(=O)(C 1-3 alkyl), -NHC(=NH)NH z-2 (C 1-3 alkyl) z , and -N(C 1-3 alkyl)C(=NH)NH 2-z (C 1-3 alkyl) z wherein each z is independently 0, 1, or 2; and each C 1-3Alkyl is independently methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl. In some embodiments, the substituents of List A are C 1-3 Alkyl, phenyl, halogen, -CF3, -OH, -OCH3, -SCH3-NH 2-z (CH3) z , —C(═O)OH, and —C(═O)OCH3, z is 0, 1, or 2, and C 1-3 Alkyl is methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl. In some embodiments, the substituents of List A are selected from List A2 consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, halogen (e.g., F, Cl, or Br), and —CF 3 .

[0084] lipid nanoparticles In the present disclosure, the structural unit of the composition is a lipid nanoparticle (LNP). The function of LNP is to stabilize and encapsulate an active ingredient (especially but not limited to a nucleic acid) to enable its delivery to cells, while facilitating its uptake into cells and release into the cytosol. LNP and / or its lipid component may have adjuvant activity.

[0085] LNPs are traditionally understood to typically contain four components: a cationically ionizable lipid, a neutral lipid such as a phospholipid, a steroid such as cholesterol, and a polymer-conjugated lipid such as a PEG-conjugated lipid (also referred to hereinafter as a "stealth lipid"). However, due to problems with PEG-conjugated lipids (which are the most common polymer-conjugated lipids), the LNPs of the present disclosure have a different composition: a cationically ionizable lipid, optionally a neutral lipid such as a phospholipid, a steroid such as cholesterol, and a negatively charged amphiphile having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion.

[0086] Thus, in one embodiment, the present disclosure provides: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, and (iii) Negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion a lipid mixture comprising A composition comprising: Provided is a composition, wherein the composition is a lipid nanoparticle composition, is substantially free of polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids, and wherein the PEG moiety of the polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipid has at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units.

[0087] In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, and (iii) Negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion a lipid mixture comprising A composition comprising: A lipid nanoparticle composition is provided, the composition being substantially free of stealth lipids.

[0088] LNPs can be understood as oil-in-water emulsions with an oil phase containing cationically ionizable lipids and cholesterol. Within the LNP core, typically, charged lipid head groups are absent at neutral pH, and the structure is disordered and essentially water-free. The LNP core material is preferably in a liquid state, thus having a melting point below body temperature. Thus, LNPs typically contain a central complex of nucleic acid and lipids embedded within a disordered, non-lamellar phase of lipids. This contrasts with the structure of liposomes, which comprise unilamellar or multilamellar vesicular particles, each of which consists of a lipid bilayer surrounding an encapsulated aqueous cavity.

[0089] Lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) are obtained by combining an active ingredient (particularly, but not limited to, a nucleic acid such as RNA) with a lipid. The lipids used to form LNPs do not form a lamellar (bilayer) phase in water under physiological conditions. To form the LNPs of the present invention, the lipids include a cationically ionizable lipid, an anionic amphiphile disclosed herein, a steroid disclosed herein (e.g., cholesterol), and optionally additional lipids, such as neutral or structured lipids disclosed herein (e.g., phospholipids). LNPs typically do not contain or encapsulate an aqueous core. LNPs typically contain an oily (or oily) core.

[0090] Methods for forming lipid nanoparticles In a further aspect, the present disclosure provides methods for producing the lipid nanoparticle compositions of the present invention.

[0091] Several methods for preparing LNPs are known in the art, and those skilled in the art can easily select an appropriate method and apply it to prepare the LNP composition of the present invention.For example, LNP preparations can be produced by rapidly mixing an aqueous solution containing an active ingredient (typically a nucleic acid such as RNA) with an organic phase containing a lipid mixture under conditions that induce a rapid change in the solubility of the lipids, which drives the lipids to self-assemble into the form of LNPs.An exemplary method for preparing the LNP composition of the present invention is described herein.

[0092] Accordingly, there is provided a method for preparing a composition of the present invention, comprising the steps of: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, (iii) negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion; a lipid mixture comprising Including, the composition is substantially free of polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids, and the PEG portion of the polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipids has at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units; and The lipid mixture comprises (iv) optionally a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, optionally a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid; The method is (a) providing an active ingredient in an aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising a lipid mixture; (c) combining the aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b) to form a composition. A method is provided herein, comprising:

[0093] In one embodiment, there is provided a method for preparing a composition of the present invention, the composition comprising: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, (iii) negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion; a lipid mixture comprising Including, the composition is substantially free of stealth lipids; and The lipid mixture comprises (iv) optionally a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, optionally a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid; The method is (a) providing an active ingredient in an aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising a lipid mixture; (c) combining the aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b) to form a composition. A method is provided herein, comprising:

[0094] In one embodiment, there is provided a method for preparing a composition of the present invention, the composition comprising: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, (iii) negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion; a lipid mixture comprising Including, the composition is substantially free of polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids, and the PEG portion of the polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipids has at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units; and The lipid mixture comprises (iv) optionally a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, optionally a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid; The method is (a) providing an active ingredient in an aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising a lipid mixture; (c) combining the aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b) to form an intermediate composition; and (d) immediately after step (c), adjusting the pH of the intermediate composition to form the composition. A method is provided herein, comprising:

[0095] In one embodiment, there is provided a method for preparing a composition of the present invention, the composition comprising: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, (iii) a lipid mixture comprising a negatively charged amphiphile having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion. Including, the composition is substantially free of stealth lipids; and The lipid mixture comprises (iv) optionally a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, optionally a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid; The method is (a) providing an active ingredient in an aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising a lipid mixture; (c) combining the aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b) to form an intermediate composition; and (d) immediately after step (c), adjusting the pH of the intermediate composition to form the composition. A method is provided herein, comprising:

[0096] In the embodiments defined above, step (d) is typically performed without delay after step (c). In some embodiments, step (d) is performed within 1 minute after step (c). In some embodiments, step (d) is performed within 30 seconds after step (c). In some embodiments, step (d) is performed within 20 seconds after step (c). In some embodiments, step (d) is performed within 10 seconds after step (c). In some embodiments, step (d) is performed within 5 seconds after step (c). In some embodiments, step (d) is performed within 2 seconds after step (c). In some embodiments, step (d) is performed within 1 second after step (c).

[0097] LNPs typically contain or encapsulate an active ingredient. The active ingredient may be a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA), preferably RNA (e.g., mRNA). Additional preferred features of the LNPs, active ingredient, lipid mixture, and compositions comprising each of components (i), (ii), (iii), and optionally (iv) are further described herein, the disclosure of which applies equally to the methods of the present invention.

[0098] Step (a) of preparing the active ingredient in an aqueous phase may include mixing the active ingredient with the aqueous phase to prepare a solution of the active ingredient in the first aqueous phase. The aqueous phase may comprise or consist essentially of water. The aqueous phase may comprise or consist essentially of water and a salt (e.g., sodium chloride). The aqueous phase may be acidified (e.g., with an acid, as defined below). The aqueous phase may have a pH of less than 7.0, for example, about 4.0 to about 6.5, preferably about 4.0 to about 6.0, in one embodiment about 5.2 to about 5.8, in one embodiment about 3.7 to about 4.3, in a specific embodiment about 4.0, and in another specific embodiment about 5.5. The aqueous phase may contain acetic acid or citric acid. The aqueous phase may contain water and a buffer system (defined and exemplified below). The aqueous phase may contain water and be free or essentially free of a buffer. For example, the aqueous phase may contain 10 mM or less of a buffer substance.

[0099] The aqueous phase may contain a buffer system, e.g., a buffer system having a pH of less than 7.0, e.g., a pH of about 4.0 to about 6.0. As known to those skilled in the art, a buffer system is typically an aqueous solution consisting of a mixture of a weak acid and its conjugate base, or vice versa. The addition of a small amount of a strong acid or strong base to this solution results in a minimal change in pH. The buffer may be any suitable buffer known in the art. Suitable buffers include citrate buffer, acetate buffer, succinate buffer, glutaric acid buffer, adipic acid buffer, maleic acid buffer, malic acid buffer, tartaric acid buffer, lactate buffer, PIPES (piperazine-N,N'-bis(2-ethanesulfonic acid)), and MES (2-(N-morpholino)-ethanesulfonic acid). In one embodiment, the buffer is a citrate buffer or acetate buffer.

[0100] The organic phase may contain an organic solvent selected from lower alcohols, e.g., alcohols containing up to 6 carbon atoms (especially aliphatic alcohols), and mixtures of two or more of these alcohols. The organic solvent is preferably completely miscible with water. The organic phase may be an alcohol. The organic phase may be selected from the group consisting of methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, 1,2-propanediol, butanol, isobutanol, tert-butanol, acetone, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), tetrahydrofuran (THF), and mixtures thereof. Preferred organic phases are ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, acetone, or mixtures thereof. The organic phase may be acidified, for example, by providing 0.5 to 1.5 equivalents of an acid relative to the cationically ionizable lipid, the acid being selected from hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, malonic acid, adipic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, lactic acid, etc.

[0101] The aqueous phase and / or the organic phase may be acidified. Preferably, at least one of the aqueous phase or the organic phase is acidified. The aqueous phase or the organic phase may contain an acid. In one embodiment, the acid is an inorganic acid, particularly a monobasic inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, or nitric acid. In one embodiment, the acid is an organic acid, which may be a monobasic, dibasic, or polybasic organic acid. Examples of organic acids include monocarboxylic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid, or lactic acid; dicarboxylic acids such as oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, or malic acid; and polycarboxylic acids such as citric acid, isocitric acid, or trimesic acid. Preferably, the acid is citric acid or acetic acid. The aqueous phase may have a pH of less than 7.0, optionally at most about 6.5, for example, at most about 6.0, at most about 5.9, at most about 5.8, or at most about 5.7. For example, the aqueous phase may have a pH of about 4.5 to about 6.5, e.g., about 5.0 to about 6.0. In one embodiment, the aqueous phase may have a pH of about 5.2 to about 5.8. In one embodiment, the aqueous phase may have a pH of about 3.7 to about 4.3.

[0102] In one embodiment, the composition is subjected to one or more further steps following mixing the organic and aqueous phases in step (c). In one embodiment, the composition is subjected to pH adjustment. In one embodiment, the composition is subjected to dialysis. In one embodiment, the composition is subjected to dilution. In one embodiment, the composition is subjected to filtration.

[0103] In one embodiment, a pH adjustment step is used to adjust the pH of the composition. The target pH of the pH adjustment step can be about 6.5 to about 8.0, about 7.0 to about 8.0, preferably about 7.2 to about 7.6, and most preferably about 7.4. Typically, this is accomplished by treating the composition with an amount of aqueous alkali necessary to reach the target pH. Examples of suitable alkalis are well known in the art and include alkali metal hydroxides (e.g., lithium, sodium, or potassium hydroxides), aqueous ammonia, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane (Tris), triethanolamine, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazineethanesulfonic acid (HEPES), buffers containing one or more amine moieties such as histidine, or phosphate buffers. Preferably, the aqueous alkali is a buffer containing an amine moiety.

[0104] After mixing the aqueous phase containing the active ingredient and the organic phase containing the lipid mixture, the pH may be adjusted to a target pH to form the composition. Such a pH adjustment step may be carried out by adding an aqueous buffer system, such as the buffer systems described and exemplified above, preferably selected from tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane (Tris), triethanolamine, 4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazineethanesulfonic acid (HEPES), histidine, or phosphate buffers. Typically, the aqueous buffer system has a pH greater than 6.5, optionally greater than 7.0, and preferably greater than 7.5 (e.g., a pH of 6.5 to 8.5, preferably 7.4 to 8.0). Suitable examples and preferred concentrations include 10-1000 mM HEPES at pH 7.4-8.0, or 10-1000 mM Tris at pH 7.8-8.2, or 10-1000 mM triethanolamine at pH 7.5-8.0, or 10-200 mM sodium diphosphate, which are added to the mixture obtained in step (c).

[0105] The pH adjustment step is carried out rapidly, so for example the addition and mixing of the buffer takes place within 5 minutes, preferably within 1 minute, more preferably within 30 seconds, more preferably within 20 seconds, may take place within 10 seconds, such as within 5 seconds, for example within 2 seconds, for example within 1 second. In a preferred embodiment the buffer is added in continuous flow mode.

[0106] In one embodiment, the composition is subjected to dialysis. As known to those skilled in the art, dialysis is a process in which molecules in a solution are separated by differences in the rate of diffusion through a semipermeable membrane, such as dialysis tubing. The dialysis method may be diffusion dialysis, tangential flow dialysis, electrodialysis, Donnan dialysis, electroreverse dialysis, or electro-electrodialysis.

[0107] Typically, dialysis is performed using one or more buffer systems. Examples of buffer systems are known to those skilled in the art and are defined and exemplified above. In one embodiment, the buffer system is selected from Tris, triethanolamine, HEPES, histidine, or phosphate buffers.

[0108] In one embodiment, the composition is subjected to a dilution step. The dilution step may include adding a dilution solution (e.g., water) to the intermediate composition. Such a dilution solution may include one or more additional compounds (e.g., cryoprotectants) and a buffer system (as defined and exemplified above). The dilution step may include adding a final aqueous phase to the intermediate composition. The dilution step may be performed to change the pH and / or to change the buffer system and / or to add one or more additional compounds (e.g., cryoprotectants).

[0109] In one embodiment, the composition is subjected to filtration.As known to those skilled in the art, filtration typically involves removing solid particles by passing the composition through a filter or membrane, thereby removing particles (particularly particles with a set particle size that exceeds the size of the membrane or filter).Typical filtration methods include sterile filtration and tangential flow filtration.

[0110] In one embodiment, there is provided a method for preparing a composition comprising lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) dispersed in a final aqueous phase, the composition comprising: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, (iii) negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion; a lipid mixture comprising Including, the composition is substantially free of polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids, and the PEG portion of the polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipids has at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units; and The lipid mixture comprises (iv) optionally a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, optionally a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid; The method is (a) providing an active ingredient in a first aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising a lipid mixture; (c) mixing the first aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b), thereby preparing a first intermediate composition comprising lipid colloids dispersed in a second aqueous phase; (d) optionally diluting the second aqueous phase and / or adjusting its pH, and optionally (e) dialyzing and / or diluting (preferably dialysis) the first intermediate composition prepared in (c) or (d) with the first, second, or final aqueous phase, thereby preparing a composition comprising LNPs dispersed in the final aqueous phase. A method is provided herein, comprising:

[0111] In one embodiment, there is provided a method for preparing a composition comprising lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) dispersed in a final aqueous phase, the composition comprising: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, (iii) negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion; a lipid mixture comprising Including, the composition is substantially free of stealth lipids; and The lipid mixture comprises (iv) optionally a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, optionally a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid; The method is: (a) providing an active ingredient in a first aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising a lipid mixture; (c) mixing the first aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b), thereby preparing a first intermediate composition comprising lipid colloids dispersed in a second aqueous phase; (d) optionally diluting the second aqueous phase and / or adjusting its pH, and optionally (e) dialyzing and / or diluting (preferably dialysis) the first intermediate composition prepared in (c) or (d) with the first, second, or final aqueous phase, thereby preparing a composition comprising LNPs dispersed in the final aqueous phase. A method is provided herein, comprising:

[0112] This method is generally referred to herein as "Method A."

[0113] In another embodiment, there is provided a method for preparing a composition comprising lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) dispersed in a final aqueous phase, the composition comprising: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, (iii) negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion; a lipid mixture comprising Including, the composition is substantially free of polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids, and the PEG portion of the polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipids has at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units; and The lipid mixture comprises (iv) optionally a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, optionally a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid; The method is (a) providing an active ingredient in a first aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising (i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles, (ii) a steroid, and optionally (iii) a neutral or zwitterionic lipid; (c) mixing the first aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b), thereby preparing a first intermediate composition comprising lipid colloids dispersed in a second aqueous phase; (d) optionally diluting the second aqueous phase and / or adjusting its pH; (e)(iii) providing a solvent containing a negatively charged amphiphile having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion; (f) mixing the first intermediate composition prepared in (c) or (d) with the negatively charged amphiphilic substance having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion provided in (e), thereby preparing a second intermediate composition comprising lipid colloids dispersed in a third aqueous phase; and optionally (g) dialyzing and / or diluting (preferably dialysis) the second intermediate composition prepared in (f) with the final aqueous phase, thereby preparing a composition comprising LNPs dispersed in the final aqueous phase. A method is provided herein, comprising:

[0114] In another embodiment, there is provided a method for preparing a composition comprising lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) dispersed in a final aqueous phase, the composition comprising: (a) the active ingredient, and (b)(i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, (iii) negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion; a lipid mixture comprising Including, the composition is substantially free of stealth lipids; and The lipid mixture comprises (iv) optionally a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, optionally a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid; The method is (a) providing an active ingredient in a first aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising (i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles, (ii) a steroid, and optionally (iii) a neutral or zwitterionic lipid; (c) mixing the first aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b), thereby preparing a first intermediate composition comprising lipid colloids dispersed in a second aqueous phase; (d) optionally diluting the second aqueous phase and / or adjusting its pH; (e)(iii) providing a solvent containing a negatively charged amphiphile having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion; (f) mixing the first intermediate composition prepared in (c) or (d) with the negatively charged amphiphilic substance having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion provided in (e), thereby preparing a second intermediate composition comprising lipid colloids dispersed in a third aqueous phase; and optionally (g) dialyzing and / or diluting (preferably dialysis) the second intermediate composition prepared in (f) with the final aqueous phase, thereby preparing a composition comprising LNPs dispersed in the final aqueous phase. Provided herein is a method comprising: This method is generally referred to herein as "Method B."

[0115] This method is generally referred to herein as "Method B."

[0116] Step (a) of preparing the active ingredient in the first aqueous phase may include mixing an aqueous solution containing the active ingredient with a first aqueous buffer to prepare a nucleic acid solution in the first aqueous phase. The first aqueous phase may comprise or consist essentially of water. The first aqueous phase may comprise or consist essentially of water and a salt (e.g., sodium chloride). The first aqueous phase may be acidified. The first aqueous phase may have a pH of less than 6.0, for example, about 3.5 to about 5.9, preferably about 4.5 to about 5.0. The first aqueous phase may contain acetic acid or citric acid.

[0117] The first aqueous phase may comprise water and a buffer system. The first aqueous phase may comprise water and be free or essentially free of buffer. The first aqueous phase may comprise a buffer system, e.g., a buffer system having a pH of less than 6.0, e.g., a pH of about 3.5 to about 5.9, preferably about 4.5 to about 5.0. Examples of buffer systems are known to those skilled in the art and are defined and exemplified above. Preferably, the buffer system is a citrate buffer or an acetate buffer.

[0118] The organic phase provided in step (b) is as defined and exemplified above. Preferred organic phases are ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, acetone, or mixtures thereof. The organic phase is acidified, thereby protonating the cationically ionizable lipid. Typically, 0.5 to 1.5 equivalents of acid (relative to the cationically ionizable lipid) are added.

[0119] The first aqueous phase and / or organic phase may be acidified, preferably at least one of the first aqueous phase or organic phase is acidified. The acid may be selected from those defined and exemplified above. Preferably, the first aqueous phase or organic phase comprises hydrochloric acid or acetic acid. The first aqueous phase may have a pH of less than 6.0, optionally at most about 5.5, e.g., at most about 5.0, at most about 4.9, at most about 4.8, at most about 4.7, at most about 4.6, or preferably at most about 4.5. For example, the first aqueous phase may have a pH of about 3.5 to about 5.9, e.g., about 4.0 to about 5.5, or preferably about 4.5 to about 5.0. Typically, in step (c), the first aqueous phase provided in (a) and the organic phase provided in (b) are mixed in a ratio (a:b) of 6:1 to 1:1 (v / v), preferably 4:1 to 2:1 (v / v), and more preferably 3:1 (v / v).

[0120] Typically, in step (d), the second aqueous phase is diluted with water in a ratio (second aqueous phase:water) of 1:1 to 1:5 (v / v), preferably 1:2 (v / v). Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the very soft and brittle particles obtained in step (a), which still contain up to 25% of the organic solvent used in step (a), are "hardened" by the addition of water.

[0121] As used herein, the term "colloid" refers to a type of homogeneous mixture in which dispersed particles do not settle.

[0122] The dilution or pH adjustment in step (d) can be performed with water, or with a buffer. Typically, the buffer is selected from Tris, triethanolamine, HEPES, histidine, or phosphate buffers. Typically, the aqueous buffer system has a pH greater than 6.5, and may be greater than 7.0, preferably greater than 7.5 (e.g., a pH of 6.5 to 8.5, preferably 7.4 to 8.0). Suitable examples and preferred concentrations include 10 to 1000 mM HEPES at pH 7.4 to 8.0, or 10 to 1000 mM Tris at pH 7.8 to 8.2, or 10 to 1000 mM triethanolamine at pH 7.5 to 8.0, or 10 to 200 mM sodium diphosphate.

[0123] In one embodiment, in step (d) of Method A or Method B, the pH is adjusted to a neutral condition. Given the absence of stealth lipids in the composition, the pH adjustment must be rapid, preferably to avoid particle fusion at an intermediate pH between the pH of step (a) and a neutral pH of about 7-8. In one embodiment, the pH adjustment step (d) may be performed within 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 5 minutes, or 10 minutes of the mixing step (c). Typically, the pH adjustment is performed using a buffer, preferably selected from Tris, triethanolamine, HEPES, histidine, or phosphate buffers.

[0124] Following the pH adjustment step (d), in Method B, the anionic amphiphile prepared in step (e) is added in step (f). Following this step, the product is subjected to standard purification steps such as dialysis to increase concentration, filtration, compounding, final filtration, and packing and polishing. This method is well known to those skilled in the art.

[0125] In Method A, the dialysis or dilution step (e) may be carried out essentially immediately after the dilution and / or pH adjustment in step (d). In Method A, the filtration step (d) may be carried out at least 5 seconds, at least 10 seconds, at least 30 seconds, at least 1 minute, at least 2 minutes, at least 5 minutes, at least 10 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 1 hour, at least 6 hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, at least 48 hours, or more than 72 hours after the dilution / pH adjustment step (d).

[0126] The difference between Method A and Method B is that in Method A, the active ingredient is mixed with all components of the lipid mixture in a single step (c) to form a first intermediate composition comprising lipid colloids dispersed in a second aqueous phase, which is typically a mixture of the first aqueous phase and an organic phase resulting from the first mixing step (c) and is typically acidified. The dilution / pH adjustment step (d) in Method A is typically performed to provide a fast transition from an acidic pH to a target pH, which is typically neutral. As discussed above, the target pH of the final LNP composition in the final aqueous phase is about 7.0 to about 8.0, preferably about 7.2 to about 7.8, and most preferably about 7.3 to about 7.5.

[0127] In contrast, Method B describes an alternative two-step process in which, in the first step, a lipid colloid encapsulating an active ingredient is formed by a cationically ionizable lipid, a steroid, and optionally a neutral or zwitterionic lipid, and in a subsequent step, a negatively charged amphiphile is added to form a second intermediate composition comprising the lipid colloid. The negatively charged amphiphile is incorporated into the lipid colloid encapsulating the active ingredient. One possible advantage of this two-step process is that the negatively charged amphiphile does not come into contact with the active ingredient, which may be a negatively charged nucleic acid (e.g., RNA), before being incorporated into the lipid colloid. This may help reduce the generation of unstable by-products, such as so-called "late migrating species" (LMS) contaminants.

[0128] In Method B, (iii) the solvent containing the negatively charged amphiphile having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion can be an organic solvent described herein, such as an alcohol, preferably a C1-4 alcohol, such as ethanol or isopropanol. The solvent can be water, or a mixture of an alcohol (preferably a C1-4 alcohol) in water, such as 30% ethanol or isopropanol in water, 50% ethanol or isopropanol in water, or 75% ethanol or isopropanol in water. The solvent can be an aqueous phase containing water and a buffer system (as defined and exemplified above). The pH of the solvent can be basic, for example, between 7 and 9, preferably between 7.5 and 8.5, to achieve both deprotonation of the anionic amphiphile and adjustment to a target pH upon combination with a second aqueous phase. Such a pH adjustment step may be carried out by adding an alkali, such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or ammonium hydroxide, or by adding an aqueous buffer system, such as an aqueous buffer system selected from the above-mentioned and exemplified Tris, triethanolamine, HEPES, histidine, or phosphate buffers. Of course, it is also possible to use the anionic amphiphile in the form of its salt, such as sodium salt or ammonium salt, or tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethanium salt or triethylammonium salt. This avoids the risk of using excess alkali.

[0129] The second intermediate composition of method B typically comprises a lipid colloid comprising the active ingredient and all of the components (i), (ii), (iii), and optionally (iv) of the lipid mixture dispersed in a third aqueous phase, which is typically a mixture of the first aqueous phase, the organic phase, and the solvent produced by the mixing steps (c) and (f).

[0130] The mixing step (f) of Method B may be performed after the mixing step (c) and before the dialysis and / or dilution step (g). Alternatively, the mixing step (f) of Method B may be performed after the mixing step (c) and simultaneously with the dialysis and / or dilution step (g). Alternatively, Method B may further comprise a pH adjustment step (d) after step (c) and before the mixing step (e). Such a pH adjustment step (d) may be performed to change the pH of the first intermediate composition to a target pH or to a pH of about 4.0 to about 8.0, e.g., about 4.5 to about 8.0, e.g., about 5.0 to about 8.0, about 5.5 to about 8.0, about 6.0 to about 8.0, about 6.5 to about 8.0, about 7.0 to about 8.0, preferably about 7.2 to about 7.8, and most preferably about 7.3 to about 7.5. Thus, in some examples of Method B, the first intermediate composition may be brought to a neutral pH before adding the negatively charged amphiphile.

[0131] In Method B, the mixing step (f) may be performed essentially immediately after the mixing step (c). In Method B, the mixing step (e) may be performed within at least 5 seconds, at least 10 seconds, at least 30 seconds, at least 1 minute, at least 2 minutes, at least 5 minutes, at least 10 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 1 hour, at least 6 hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, at least 48 hours, and within 72 hours after the mixing step (c). In Method B, the dialysis and / or dilution step (g) may be performed simultaneously with the mixing step (e). In Method B, the dialysis and / or dilution step (g) may be performed essentially immediately after the mixing step (f). In Method B, the filtering step (f) may be carried out within at least 5 seconds, at least 10 seconds, at least 30 seconds, at least 1 minute, at least 2 minutes, at least 5 minutes, at least 10 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 1 hour, at least 6 hours, at least 12 hours, at least 24 hours, at least 48 hours, and within 72 hours after the mixing step (e).

[0132] When the active ingredient is a nucleic acid (e.g., RNA), the concentration of the nucleic acid in the composition containing the LNP dispersed in the final aqueous phase may be about 1 mg / L to about 2000 mg / L, for example, about 100 mg / L to about 800 mg / L. The concentration of the nucleic acid in the composition may be about 5 mg / L to about 500 mg / L, for example, about 10 mg / L to about 400 mg / L, about 10 mg / L to about 300 mg / L, about 10 mg / L to about 200 mg / L, about 10 mg / L to about 150 mg / L, or about 10 mg / L to about 100 mg / L, preferably about 10 mg / L to about 140 mg / L, more preferably about 20 mg / L to about 130 mg / L, and more preferably about 30 mg / L to about 120 mg / L. In some embodiments, the concentration of nucleic acid (particularly RNA) in the composition is from 1 mg / l to about 50 mg / l or from about 10 mg / l to about 100 mg / l.

[0133] The method may further comprise the step of freezing the composition comprising the LNPs dispersed in the final aqueous phase. The composition may be frozen to a temperature of -10°C or below (e.g., -15°C or below, preferably -20°C or below, and in a preferred embodiment, about -70°C). Accordingly, compositions of the invention in frozen form are also provided herein. The method may further comprise the step of lyophilizing the composition comprising the LNPs dispersed in the final aqueous phase. Accordingly, compositions of the invention in lyophilized form are also provided herein.

[0134] In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticles described herein may be about 50 nm to about 1000 nm, about 50 nm to about 800 nm, about 50 nm to about 700 nm, about 50 nm to about 600 nm, about 50 nm to about 500 nm, about 50 nm to about 450 nm, about 50 nm to about 400 nm, about 50 nm to about 350 nm, about 50 nm to about 300 nm, about 50 nm ~ about 250 nm, about 50 nm - about 200 nm, about 100 nm - about 1000 nm, about 100 nm - about 800 nm, about 100 nm - about 700 nm, about 100 nm - about 600 nm, about 100nm to about 500nm, about 100nm to about 450nm, about 100nm to about 400nm, about 100nm to about 350nm, about 100nm to about 300nm, about 100nm to about 250nm , about 100nm to about 200nm, about 150nm to about 1000nm, about 150nm to about 800nm, about 150nm to about 700nm, about 150nm to about 600nm, about 150nm to about 5 00nm, about 150nm to about 450nm, about 150nm to about 400nm, about 150nm to about 350nm, about 150nm to about 300nm, about 150nm to about 250nm, about 150nm The LNPs described herein have an average diameter ranging from about 40 nm to about 300 nm, preferably from about 40 nm to about 250 nm, most preferably from about 50 nm to about 200 nm, and even more preferably from about 60 nm to about 120 nm.

[0135] active ingredient The compositions of the present application comprise an active ingredient. The active ingredient may be any substance capable of exerting a therapeutic effect, particularly, but not exclusively, when transfected into a cell. The active ingredient may be a nucleic acid. The active ingredient is preferably RNA, such as mRNA.

[0136] nucleic acid In one embodiment, the active ingredient is a nucleic acid. The term "nucleic acid" includes deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), ribonucleic acid (RNA), combinations thereof, and modified forms thereof. The term includes genomic DNA, cDNA, mRNA, recombinantly produced molecules, and chemically synthesized molecules. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid is RNA. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid is mRNA.

[0137] Nucleic acids can exist as single-stranded or double-stranded, and linear or covalently linked circular closed molecules. Nucleic acids can be isolated. The term "isolated nucleic acid," according to the present disclosure, means that the nucleic acid has been (i) amplified in vitro, for example, by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) of DNA or by in vitro transcription of RNA (e.g., using RNA polymerase), (ii) recombinantly produced by cloning, (iii) purified, for example, by cleavage and separation by gel electrophoresis, or (iv) synthesized, for example, by chemical synthesis.

[0138] The term "nucleoside" refers to a compound that can be considered a nucleotide without a phosphate group. A nucleoside is a nucleic acid base linked to a sugar (e.g., ribose or deoxyribose), while a nucleotide consists of a nucleoside and one or more phosphate groups. Examples of nucleosides include cytidine, uridine, pseudouridine, adenosine, and guanosine. A nucleic acid may contain one or more modified nucleosides or nucleotides. Examples of modified nucleosides or nucleotides that can be incorporated into nucleic acids include N7-alkylguanine, N6-alkyladenine, 5-alkylcytosine, 5-alkyluracil, and N(1)-alkyluracil, such as N7-C1-4 alkylguanine, N6-C1-4 alkyladenine, 5-C1-4 alkylcytosine, 5-C1-4 alkyluracil, and N(1)-C1-4 alkyluracil, preferably N7-methylguanine, N6-methyladenine, 5-methylcytosine, 5-methyluridine (m5U), pseudouridine (Ψ), and N1-methylpseudouridine (m1Ψ).

[0139] DNA In some embodiments of all aspects of the present disclosure, the nucleic acid is DNA. Here, the term "DNA" refers to a nucleic acid molecule containing deoxyribonucleotide residues. DNA typically includes the naturally occurring nucleic acids adenosine (dA), thymidine (dT), cytidine (dC), and guanosine (dG) ("d" stands for "deoxy"). In a preferred embodiment, DNA contains all or most deoxyribonucleotide residues. As used herein, "deoxyribonucleotide" refers to a nucleotide lacking a hydroxyl group at the 2' position of the β-D-ribofuranosyl group. DNA includes, without limitation, double-stranded DNA, single-stranded DNA, isolated DNA (e.g., partially purified DNA), essentially pure DNA, synthetic DNA, recombinantly produced DNA, and modified DNA that differs from naturally occurring DNA by the addition, deletion, substitution, and / or alteration of one or more nucleotides. Such alterations may refer to the addition of non-nucleotide material to internal DNA nucleotides or to the termini of the DNA. It is also contemplated herein that the nucleotides in DNA may be non-standard nucleotides, such as chemically synthesized nucleotides or ribonucleotides. For the purposes of the present disclosure, these modified DNAs are considered analogs of naturally occurring DNA. A molecule contains a "majority of deoxyribonucleotide residues" if the content of deoxyribonucleotide residues in the molecule is greater than 50% (e.g., at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99%) based on the total number of nucleotide residues in the molecule. The total number of nucleotide residues in a molecule is the sum of all nucleotide residues (whether they are standard (i.e., naturally occurring) nucleotide residues or their analogs). DNA may be recombinant DNA and may be obtained by cloning nucleic acids, particularly cDNA. cDNA may be obtained by reverse transcription of RNA.

[0140] RNA In some embodiments of all aspects of the present disclosure, the nucleic acid is RNA. According to the present disclosure, the term "RNA" refers to a nucleic acid molecule containing ribonucleotide residues. RNA typically includes naturally occurring nucleic acids, adenosine (A), uridine (U), cytidine (C), and guanosine (G). In a preferred embodiment, RNA contains all or most ribonucleotide residues. As used herein, "ribonucleotide" refers to a nucleotide having a hydroxyl group at the 2' position of a β-D-ribofuranosyl group. RNA includes, without limitation, double-stranded RNA, single-stranded RNA, isolated RNA, e.g., partially purified RNA, essentially pure RNA, synthetic RNA, recombinantly produced RNA, and modified RNA that differs from naturally occurring RNA by the addition, deletion, substitution, and / or alteration of one or more nucleotides. Such alterations may refer to the addition of non-nucleotide material to internal RNA nucleotides or to the termini of the RNA. As used herein, it is also contemplated that the nucleotides in RNA may be non-standard nucleotides, such as chemically synthesized nucleotides or deoxynucleotides. For purposes of this disclosure, these modified / altered nucleotides (or modified nucleosides) can be referred to as analogs of naturally occurring nucleotides (nucleosides), and the corresponding RNA (i.e., modified / altered RNA) comprising such modified / altered nucleotides or nucleosides can be referred to as analogs of naturally occurring RNA. A molecule contains a "majority of ribonucleotide residues" if the content of ribonucleotide residues in the molecule is greater than 50% (e.g., at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, at least 75%, at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99%) based on the total number of nucleotide residues in the molecule. The total number of nucleotide residues in a molecule is the sum of all nucleotide residues (whether the nucleotide residues are standard (i.e., naturally occurring) nucleotide residues or their analogs)."RNA" includes mRNA, tRNA, ribosomal RNA (rRNA), small nuclear RNA (snRNA), self-amplifying RNA (saRNA), trans-amplifying RNA (taRNA), single-stranded RNA (ssRNA), dsRNA, inhibitory RNA (e.g., antisense ssRNA, small interfering RNA (siRNA), or microRNA (miRNA)), activating RNA (e.g., small activating RNA), and immunostimulatory RNA (isRNA). In some embodiments, "RNA" refers to mRNA. The active component may be mRNA, saRNA, taRNA, or a combination thereof. The active component is preferably mRNA. In some instances, the active component is not siRNA.

[0141] In a preferred embodiment, the RNA comprises an open reading frame (ORF) encoding a peptide, polypeptide, or protein. The RNA may be capable of expressing or configured to express the encoded peptide, polypeptide, or protein. For example, the RNA may encode, express, or be configured to express a pharmaceutically active peptide or protein. In some embodiments, the RNA may interact with the cell's translation machinery to enable translation of the peptide or protein. The cell may produce the encoded peptide or protein intracellularly (e.g., in the cytoplasm), secrete the encoded peptide or protein, or produce it on its surface. Alternatively, the RNA may be non-coding RNA, such as antisense RNA, microRNA (miRNA), or siRNA.

[0142] mRNA In a preferred embodiment of all aspects of the present disclosure, the nucleic acid is mRNA. According to the present disclosure, the term "mRNA" means "messenger RNA" and includes "transcripts" that can be produced by using a DNA template. Generally, mRNA encodes a peptide, polypeptide, or protein. As established in the art, RNA (e.g., mRNA) generally comprises a 5'-untranslated region (5'-UTR), a peptide / polypeptide / protein coding region, and a 3'-untranslated region (3'-UTR).

[0143] Although mRNA is single-stranded, it may contain self-complementary sequences that allow part of the mRNA to fold back on itself and pair with itself to form a double helix.

[0144] According to the present disclosure, "dsRNA" means double-stranded RNA, which is RNA having two strands that are partially or completely complementary.

[0145] In a preferred embodiment of the present disclosure, mRNA relates to an RNA transcript that encodes a peptide, polypeptide, or protein.

[0146] In some embodiments, preferably the RNA encoding the peptide, polypeptide, or protein has a length of at least 45 nucleotides (e.g., at least 60, at least 90, at least 100, at least 200, at least 300, at least 400, at least 500, at least 600, at least 700, at least 800, at least 900, at least 1,000, at least 1,500, at least 2,000, at least 2,500, at least 3,000, at least 3,500, at least 4,000, at least 4,500, at least 5,000, at least 6,000, at least 7,000, at least 8,000, at least 9,000 nucleotides), preferably up to 15,000, e.g., up to 14,000, up to 13,000, up to 12,000 nucleotides, up to 11,000 nucleotides, or up to 10,000 nucleotides.

[0147] In some embodiments, RNA (e.g., mRNA) is produced by in vitro transcription or chemical synthesis. Preferably, RNA (e.g., mRNA) is produced by in vitro transcription using a DNA template. As used herein, the term "in vitro transcription," or "IVT," means that transcription (production of RNA) is performed in a cell-free manner. That is, IVT does not use live / cultured cells, but rather uses transcription machinery extracted from cells (e.g., cell lysate or isolated components thereof containing RNA polymerase (preferably T7, T3, or SP6 polymerase)). Methodologies for in vitro transcription are known to those skilled in the art; see, for example, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd Edition, J. Sambrook et al. eds., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor 1989. Additionally, various in vitro transcription kits are commercially available from, for example, Thermo Fisher Scientific (e.g., TranscriptAid™ T7 kit, MEGAscript® T7 kit, MAXIscript®), New England BioLabs Inc. (e.g., HiScribe™ T7 kit, HiScribe™ T7 ARCA mRNA kit), Promega (e.g., RiboMAX™, HeLaScribe®, Riboprobe® systems), Jena Bioscience (e.g., SP6 or T7 transcription kits), and Epicentre (e.g., AmpliScribe™).

[0148] To provide a modified RNA (e.g., mRNA), the corresponding modified nucleotides, e.g., modified naturally occurring nucleotides, non-naturally occurring nucleotides, and / or modified non-naturally occurring nucleotides, can be introduced during synthesis (preferably in vitro transcription), or modifications can be introduced and / or added to the mRNA after transcription. RNA (e.g., mRNA) may be modified. RNA (e.g., mRNA) may contain modified nucleotides or nucleosides, such as 5-methylcytosine, 5-methyluridine (m5U), pseudouridine (Ψ), or N(1)-methylpseudouridine (m1Ψ). One or more uridines in the RNA described herein may be replaced by modified nucleosides. The modified nucleoside may be a modified uridine. The RNA may contain a modified nucleoside in place of at least one uridine. Preferably, the RNA may include a modified nucleoside in place of each uridine (e.g., all of the uridines in the RNA are replaced by modified nucleosides). The modified nucleosides may be independently selected from pseudouridine (Ψ), N1-methylpseudouridine (m1Ψ), and 5-methyluridine (m5U). The modified nucleoside is preferably pseudouridine (Ψ) or N1-methylpseudouridine (m1Ψ).

[0149] In some embodiments, the RNA (e.g., mRNA) is in vitro transcribed RNA (IVT-RNA), obtained by in vitro transcription of a suitable DNA template. The promoter controlling the transcription can be any promoter for any RNA polymerase. Specific examples of RNA polymerases include T7, T3, and SP6 RNA polymerases. Preferably, the in vitro transcription is controlled by a T7 or SP6 promoter. The DNA template for in vitro transcription can be obtained by cloning a nucleic acid, particularly a cDNA, and introducing it into a suitable vector for in vitro transcription. The cDNA can be obtained by reverse transcription of the RNA.

[0150] In some embodiments of the present disclosure, the RNA (e.g., mRNA) is a "replicon RNA" (e.g., a "replicon mRNA"), or simply a "replicon," particularly a "self-replicating RNA" (e.g., a "self-replicating mRNA") or a "self-amplifying RNA" (or "self-amplifying mRNA").

[0151] inhibitory RNA In some embodiments of all aspects of the disclosure, the nucleic acid is an inhibitory RNA.

[0152] As used herein, the term "inhibitory RNA" refers to RNA that selectively hybridizes to and / or is specific for a target mRNA, thereby inhibiting (e.g., reducing) its transcription and / or translation. Inhibitory RNA includes RNA molecules having a sequence in an antisense orientation relative to the target mRNA. Suitable inhibitory oligonucleotides typically range in length from five to several hundred nucleotides, more typically about 20 to 70 nucleotides or shorter, and even more typically about 10 to 30 nucleotides in length. Examples of inhibitory RNA include antisense RNA, ribozymes, iRNA, siRNA, and miRNA. In some embodiments of all aspects of the present disclosure, the inhibitory RNA is an siRNA.

[0153] As used herein, the term "antisense RNA" refers to RNA that hybridizes to DNA containing a specific gene or to the mRNA of said gene under physiological conditions, thereby inhibiting the transcription of said gene and / or the translation of said mRNA.

[0154] The size of the antisense RNA can vary from 15 nucleotides to 15,000, preferably 20 to 12,000, particularly 100 to 10,000, 150 to 8,000, 200 to 7,000, 250 to 6,000, or 300 to 5,000 nucleotides, for example, 15 to 2,000, 20 to 1,000, 25 to 800, 30 to 600, 35 to 500, 40 to 400, 45 to 300, 50 to 250, 55 to 200, 60 to 150, or 65 to 100 nucleotides.

[0155] As used herein, "small interfering RNA," or "siRNA," refers to an RNA molecule capable of specifically binding to a portion of a target mRNA and preferably greater than 10 nucleotides in length, more preferably greater than 15 nucleotides in length, and most preferably 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 nucleotides in length. This binding induces cleavage or degradation of the portion of the target mRNA, thereby inhibiting gene expression of the target mRNA. The 19-25 nucleotide range is the most preferred size for siRNA. Typically, siRNAs comprise a single molecule in which two complementary portions are base-paired and covalently linked by a single-stranded "hairpin" region. While not wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believed that the hairpin region of the siRNA molecule is cleaved intracellularly by the "Dicer" protein (or its equivalent) to form two individually base-paired siRNA RNA molecules.

[0156] As used herein, "target mRNA" refers to an RNA molecule that is a target for downregulation. In some embodiments, the target mRNA comprises an ORF encoding a pharmaceutically active peptide or polypeptide as identified herein. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically active peptide or polypeptide is a peptide or polypeptide whose expression (e.g., increased expression compared to expression in healthy subjects) is associated with a disease. In some embodiments, the target mRNA comprises an ORF encoding a pharmaceutically active peptide or polypeptide whose expression (e.g., increased expression compared to expression in healthy subjects) is associated with a disease.

[0157] According to the present disclosure, siRNAs can target any stretch of approximately 19 to 25 contiguous nucleotides in any target mRNA sequence ("target sequence"). Techniques for selecting target sequences for siRNAs are provided, for example, in Tuschl T. et al., "The siRNA User Guide," revised October 11, 2002, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Further guidance on target sequence selection and / or siRNA design can be found on the Protocol Online webpage (www.protocol-online.com) using the keyword "siRNA." Thus, in some embodiments, the sense strand of an siRNA used in the present disclosure comprises a nucleotide sequence substantially identical to any contiguous stretch of approximately 19 to approximately 25 nucleotides in the target mRNA.

[0158] siRNA can be obtained using several methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, siRNA can be chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced. Preferably, siRNA is transcribed from a recombinant circular or linear DNA plasmid using any suitable promoter. The selection of other suitable promoters is within the skill of the art. The selection of an appropriate plasmid for transcribing siRNA, the method of inserting a nucleic acid sequence for expressing siRNA into a plasmid, and the IVT method of in vitro transcription of the siRNA are within the skill of the art.

[0159] As used herein, the term "miRNA" (microRNA) refers to a non-coding RNA that is 21-25 (e.g., 21-23, preferably 22) nucleotides in length and induces degradation of target mRNA and / or interferes with its translation. miRNAs are typically found in plants, animals, and some viruses, and are encoded by eukaryotic nuclear DNA in plants and animals, respectively, and by viral DNA (in viruses whose genomes are DNA-based). miRNAs are post-transcriptional regulators that bind to complementary sequences on target messenger RNA transcripts (mRNAs), typically resulting in translational repression or target degradation or gene silencing.

[0160] miRNAs can be obtained using several techniques known to those skilled in the art. For example, miRNAs can be chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced using methods known in the art (e.g., using commercially available kits, such as the miRNA cDNA Synthesis Kit sold by Applied Biological Materials Inc.). Preferably, miRNAs are transcribed from recombinant circular or linear DNA plasmids using any suitable promoter.

[0161] Pharmaceutically active peptides or polypeptides "Encoding" refers to the inherent property of a particular sequence of nucleotides in a polynucleotide, e.g., a gene, cDNA, or RNA (preferably mRNA), to serve as a template for the synthesis of other polymers and macromolecules in biological processes, having either a defined sequence of nucleotides (i.e., rRNA, tRNA, and mRNA) or a defined sequence of amino acids, and the biological properties resulting therefrom. Thus, a gene encodes a protein if transcription and translation of an RNA (preferably mRNA) corresponding to that gene produces the protein in a cell or other biological system. Similarly, an RNA (e.g., mRNA) encodes a protein if translation of the RNA (e.g., in a cell) produces the protein.

[0162] In some embodiments, as described herein, the active ingredient is RNA (preferably mRNA), which comprises a nucleic acid sequence (e.g., ORF) encoding one or more polypeptides, e.g., peptides or proteins, preferably pharmaceutically active peptides or proteins. In some embodiments, the RNA (preferably mRNA) described herein is capable of expressing said peptides or proteins, particularly when delivered to a cell or a subject. Thus, in some embodiments, the RNA (preferably mRNA) described herein comprises a coding region (ORF) encoding a peptide or protein, preferably a pharmaceutically active peptide or protein. In this regard, an "open reading frame," or "ORF," is a stretch of consecutive codons beginning with an initiation codon and ending with a stop codon. Such an RNA (preferably mRNA) encoding a pharmaceutically active peptide or protein is also referred to herein as a "pharmaceutically active RNA" (or "pharmaceutically active mRNA"). In some embodiments, the RNA (preferably mRNA) described herein comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding two or more peptides or polypeptides, e.g., two, three, four, or more peptides or polypeptides.

[0163] In one embodiment, the active ingredient is a pharmaceutically active peptide or protein. According to the present disclosure, the term "pharmaceutically active peptide or protein" refers to a peptide or protein that can be used to treat an individual when expression of the peptide or protein is beneficial, for example, in ameliorating the symptoms of a disease or disorder. Preferably, a pharmaceutically active peptide or protein has therapeutic or palliative properties and can be administered to improve, alleviate, relieve, or reverse one or more symptoms of a disease or disorder, delay its onset, or reduce its severity. In some embodiments, a pharmaceutically active peptide or protein, when administered to an individual in a therapeutically effective amount, has a beneficial or advantageous effect on the individual's condition or disease state. A pharmaceutically active peptide or protein has prophylactic properties and can be used to delay the onset of a disease or disorder or reduce its severity. The term "pharmaceutically active peptide or protein" includes whole proteins or polypeptides and can also refer to pharmaceutically active fragments thereof. It can also include pharmaceutically active analogs of peptides or proteins. The terms "pharmaceutically active peptide or protein" and "therapeutic protein" are used interchangeably herein.

[0164] Specific examples of pharmaceutically active peptides and proteins include, but are not limited to, immune stimulants, such as cytokines, hormones, adhesion molecules, immunoglobulins, immunologically active compounds, growth factors, protease inhibitors, enzymes, receptors, apoptosis regulators, transcription factors, tumor suppressor proteins, structural proteins, reprogramming factors, genome-modifying proteins, and blood proteins. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically active peptides and polypeptides include replacement proteins.

[0165] An "immunostimulant" is any substance that stimulates the immune system by inducing activation or increasing the activity of any of the components of the immune system, particularly immune effector cells. Immunostimulants can be pro-inflammatory (e.g., when treating infection or cancer) or anti-inflammatory (e.g., when treating autoimmune diseases).

[0166] In some embodiments, the immunostimulatory agent is a cytokine or a variant thereof. Examples of cytokines include interferons, such as interferon-alpha (IFN-α), interferon-beta (IFNβ), or interferon-gamma (IFN-γ), interleukins, such as interleukin-2 (IL2), IL-4, IL-7, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-15, IL-21, and IL-23, colony-stimulating factors, such as colony-stimulating factors (CSFs), granulocyte-colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF), macrophage-colony-stimulating factor (M-CSF), and granulocyte-macrophage-colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF), tumor necrosis factor (TNF), erythropoietin (EPO), and bone morphogenetic protein (BMP). In another embodiment, the immunostimulatory agent includes an adjuvant-type immunostimulatory agent, such as an APC Toll-like receptor agonist or a costimulatory / cell adhesion membrane protein. Examples of Toll-like receptor agonists include costimulatory / adhesion proteins such as CD80, CD86, and ICAM-1.

[0167] The term "cytokine" refers to a protein having a molecular weight of about 5-60 kDa (e.g., about 5-20 kDa) and that contributes to cell signaling (e.g., paracrine, endocrine, and / or autocrine signaling). In particular, upon release, cytokines affect the behavior of cells surrounding their site of release. Examples of cytokines include lymphokines, interleukins, chemokines, interferons, and tumor necrosis factors (TNFs). According to the present disclosure, cytokines may be naturally occurring cytokines or functional fragments or variants thereof. Cytokines may be human cytokines and may be derived from any vertebrate, particularly any mammal.

[0168] The immunostimulatory polypeptides described herein can be prepared as fusion or chimeric polypeptides comprising an immunostimulatory agent moiety and a heterologous polypeptide (i.e., a polypeptide that is not an immunostimulatory agent). The immunostimulatory agent may be fused to an extended PK group, thereby extending its circulatory half-life. Non-limiting examples of extended PK groups are described below. It should be understood that other PK groups that extend the circulatory half-life of immunostimulatory agents, such as cytokines or variants thereof, are also applicable to the present disclosure.

[0169] As used herein, the term "PK" is an acronym for "pharmacokinetics" and encompasses the properties of a compound, including, for example, absorption, distribution, metabolism, and excretion by a subject. As used herein, "extended PK group" refers to a protein, peptide, or moiety that, when fused to or administered with a biologically active molecule, extends the circulatory half-life of the biologically active molecule. Examples of extended PK groups include serum albumin (e.g., HSA), Fc or Fc fragments of immunoglobulins and variants thereof, transferrin and variants thereof, and human serum albumin (HSA) binders (disclosed in U.S. Patent Publications 2005 / 0287153 and 2007 / 0003549). Other exemplary extended PK groups are disclosed in Kontermann, Expert Opin. Biol Ther, 2016, 16(7):903-15, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. As used herein, an "extended PK" immunostimulant refers to an immunostimulant moiety combined with an extended PK group. In some embodiments, the extended PK immunostimulant is a fusion protein in which the immunostimulant moiety is linked or fused to the extended PK group.

[0170] In certain embodiments, the serum half-life of the extended PK immunostimulant is extended compared to the immunostimulant alone (i.e., the immunostimulant is not fused to an extended PK group). As used herein, "half-life" refers to the time for the serum or plasma concentration of a compound, such as a peptide or polypeptide, to decrease by 50% in vivo, e.g., by degradation and / or elimination or sequestration by natural mechanisms. Suitable extended PK immunostimulants for use herein are stabilized in vivo by fusion with serum albumin (e.g., HSA or MSA), which resists degradation and / or elimination or sequestration, thereby extending their half-life. The half-life can be determined in any manner known per se, e.g., by pharmacokinetic analysis. Further details are provided, for example, in standard handbooks, e.g., Kenneth, A. et al., Chemical Stability of Pharmaceuticals: A Handbook for Pharmacists and in Peters et al., Pharmacokinetic Analysis: A Practical Approach (1996). See also Gibaldi, M. et al., Pharmacokinetics, 2nd Rev. Edition, Marcel Dekker (1982).

[0171] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutically active peptide or protein comprises a replacement protein. In these embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of treating a subject having a disorder requiring protein replacement (e.g., a protein deficiency disorder), comprising administering to the subject an RNA described herein encoding the replacement protein. The term "protein replacement" refers to the introduction of a protein (including a functional variant thereof) to a subject having a deficiency of such a protein. The term also refers to the introduction of a protein to a subject who otherwise requires or would benefit from the provision of a protein, e.g., a subject suffering from a protein deficiency. The term "disorder characterized by protein deficiency" refers to any disorder exhibiting pathology caused by the absence or insufficient amount of a protein. This term encompasses protein folding or conformational disorders that result in a biologically inactive protein product. Protein deficiency may be involved in infectious disease, immunosuppression, organ failure, glandular disease, radiation damage, malnutrition, poisoning, or other environmental or external causes of pathology.

[0172] The term "hormone" refers to a class of signaling molecules produced by glands, and signal transduction typically involves the following steps: (i) synthesis of the hormone in specific tissues, (ii) storage and secretion, (iii) transport of the hormone to its target, (iv) binding of the hormone by a receptor, (v) signal transmission and amplification, and (vi) destruction of the hormone. Hormones differ from cytokines in that (1) hormones typically act at concentrations with low fluctuations and (2) are generally produced by specific cell types. In some embodiments, a "hormone" is a peptide or protein hormone, such as insulin, vasopressin, prolactin, adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH), thyroid hormone, growth hormone (e.g., human growth hormone or bovine somatotropin), oxytocin, atrial natriuretic peptide (ANP), glucagon, somatostatin, cholecystokinin, gastrin, and leptin.

[0173] The term "adhesion molecules" refers to proteins located on the surface of cells and involved in binding of cells to other cells or to the extracellular matrix (ECM). Adhesion molecules are typically transmembrane receptors and can be classified as calcium-independent (e.g., integrins, immunoglobulin superfamily, lymphocyte homing receptors) and calcium-dependent (cadherins and selectins). Specific examples of adhesion molecules include integrins, lymphocyte homing receptors, selectins (e.g., P-selectin), and addressins.

[0174] The term "immunoglobulin" or "immunoglobulin superfamily" refers to molecules involved in the processes of cell recognition, binding, and / or adhesion. Molecules belonging to this superfamily share the characteristic that they contain regions known as immunoglobulin domains or folds. Members of the immunoglobulin superfamily include antibodies (e.g., IgG), T cell receptors (TCRs), major histocompatibility complex (MHC) molecules, co-receptors (e.g., CD4, CD8, CD19), antigen receptor accessory molecules (e.g., CD3-γ, CD3-δ, CD3-ε, CD79a, CD79b), costimulatory or inhibitory molecules (e.g., CD28, CD80, CD86), and others.

[0175] The term "immunologically active compound" relates to any compound that modifies the immune response, preferably by inducing and / or suppressing immune cell maturation, inducing and / or suppressing cytokine biosynthesis, and / or altering humoral immunity by stimulating antibody production by B cells. Immunologically active compounds have potent immunostimulatory activity, including but not limited to antiviral and antitumor activity, and can downregulate other aspects of the immune response, for example, uncouple the immune response from a TH2 immune response. This is useful for the treatment of a wide range of TH2-mediated diseases. Immunologically active compounds may be useful as vaccine adjuvants. Specific examples of immunologically active compounds include interleukins, colony-stimulating factors (CSFs), granulocyte colony-stimulating factors (G-CSFs), granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factors (GM-CSFs), erythropoietin, tumor necrosis factors (TNFs), interferons, integrins, addressins, selectins, homing receptors, and antigens, particularly tumor-associated antigens, pathogen-associated antigens (e.g., bacterial, parasitic, or viral antigens), allergens, and autoantigens. Preferred immunologically active compounds are vaccine antigens, i.e., antigens whose inoculation into a subject induces an immune response.

[0176] In some embodiments, the RNA (particularly mRNA) described in this disclosure comprises a nucleic acid sequence encoding a peptide or polypeptide comprising an epitope for inducing an immune response against an antigen in a subject. A "peptide or polypeptide comprising an epitope for inducing an immune response against an antigen in a subject" is also designated herein as a "vaccine antigen," "peptide and protein antigen," or simply "antigen."

[0177] In some embodiments, the RNA (particularly mRNA) encoding the vaccine antigen is a 5'-capped single-stranded mRNA that is translated into the respective protein upon entry into the cells of the subject to which the RNA is administered (e.g., antigen-presenting cells (APCs)). Preferably, the RNA (i) contains structural elements (5'-cap, 5'-UTR, 3'-UTR, poly(A) sequence) optimized to maximize the effectiveness of the RNA in terms of stability and translation efficiency, (ii) is modified (e.g., by replacing naturally occurring nucleosides (particularly cytidine) with synthetic nucleosides (e.g., modified nucleosides selected from the group consisting of pseudouridine (Ψ), N1-methylpseudouridine (m1Ψ), and 5-methyluridine) and / or by codon optimization) to optimize the effectiveness of the RNA (e.g., to increase translation efficiency, reduce immunogenicity, and / or reduce cytotoxicity), or (iii) is both (i) and (ii).

[0178] A vaccine antigen comprises an epitope for inducing an immune response against an antigen of interest. Thus, a vaccine antigen comprises an antigenic sequence for inducing an immune response against the antigen of interest. Such antigenic sequence may correspond to a target antigen or a disease-associated antigen, such as a protein of an infectious agent (e.g., a viral or bacterial antigen) or a tumor antigen, or an immunogenic variant thereof, or an immunogenic fragment or immunogenic variant of the target antigen or disease-associated antigen. Thus, the antigenic sequence comprises at least an epitope of the target antigen or disease-associated antigen or an immunogenic variant thereof.

[0179] Antigenic sequences, e.g., epitopes, suitable for use in accordance with the present disclosure may typically be derived from target antigens, i.e., antigens against which an immune response is elicited. For example, the antigenic sequence included in a vaccine antigen may be the target antigen or a fragment or variant of the target antigen.

[0180] The antigenic sequence or its processed product, e.g., a fragment thereof, can bind to an antigen receptor, such as a TCR or CAR, carried by an immune effector cell. In some embodiments, the antigenic sequence is selected from the group consisting of an antigen or fragment thereof, or a variant or fragment of the antigenic sequence, expressed by a target cell targeted by the immune effector cell.

[0181] In accordance with the present disclosure, vaccine antigens provided to a subject by administering RNA encoding the vaccine antigen preferably result in the induction of an immune response in the subject provided with the vaccine antigen, e.g., stimulation, priming, and / or proliferation of immune effector cells. The immune response, e.g., stimulated, primed, and / or proliferated immune effector cells, is preferably directed against a target antigen, particularly a target antigen expressed by diseased cells, tissues, and / or organs, i.e., a disease-associated antigen. Thus, the vaccine antigen may comprise a disease-associated antigen or a fragment or variant thereof. In some embodiments, such a fragment or variant is immunologically equivalent to the disease-associated antigen.

[0182] In the context of the present disclosure, the term "antigen fragment" or "antigen variant" refers to an agent that results in the induction of an immune response, e.g., stimulation, priming, and / or proliferation of immune effector cells, where the immune response, e.g., stimulated, primed, and / or expanded immune effector cells, target an antigen, i.e., a disease-associated antigen, particularly when presented by diseased cells, tissues, and / or organs. Thus, a vaccine antigen may correspond to or comprise a disease-associated antigen, a fragment of a disease-associated antigen, or an antigen homologous to a disease-associated antigen or its fragment. When a vaccine antigen comprises a fragment of a disease-associated antigen or an amino acid sequence homologous to a fragment of a disease-associated antigen, the fragment or amino acid sequence may comprise an epitope of the disease-associated antigen or a sequence homologous to an epitope of the disease-associated antigen targeted by an antigen receptor of an immune effector cell. Thus, according to the present disclosure, a vaccine antigen may comprise an immunogenic fragment of a disease-associated antigen or an amino acid sequence homologous to an immunogenic fragment of a disease-associated antigen. An "immunogenic fragment of an antigen" according to the present disclosure preferably relates to a fragment of an antigen that is capable of inducing an immune response against, for example, stimulating, priming, and / or expanding immune effector cells bearing antigen receptors that bind to the antigen or cells expressing the antigen. Vaccine antigens (like disease-associated antigens) preferably provide relevant epitopes for binding by antigen receptors present on immune effector cells. In some embodiments, vaccine antigens or fragments thereof (like disease-associated antigens) are expressed (optionally in the context of MHC) on the surface of cells such as antigen-presenting cells, thereby providing relevant epitopes for binding by immune effector cells. Vaccine antigens may be recombinant antigens.

[0183] In some embodiments of all aspects of the invention, RNA encoding a vaccine antigen is expressed in cells of a subject, providing the antigen or its processing products for binding by antigen receptors expressed by immune effector cells, which binding results in stimulation, priming, and / or proliferation of immune effector cells. An "antigen," according to the present disclosure, encompasses any substance that elicits an immune response and / or any substance against which an immune response or mechanism, such as a cellular and / or humoral response, is directed. This also includes situations in which an antigen is processed into antigenic peptides, particularly when presented in the context of MHC molecules, and an immune response or mechanism is directed against one or more antigenic peptides. In particular, "antigen" refers to any substance, such as a peptide or polypeptide, that specifically reacts with antibodies or T lymphocytes (T cells). The term "antigen" can include molecules that contain at least one epitope, e.g., a T cell epitope. In some embodiments, an antigen is a molecule that elicits an immune response, possibly after processing, that may be specific for the antigen (including cells expressing the antigen). In some embodiments, the antigen is a disease-associated antigen, such as a tumor antigen, a viral antigen, or a bacterial antigen, or an epitope derived from these antigens.

[0184] The term "autoantigen" (or "self-antigen") refers to an antigen that originates within a subject's body (i.e., an autoantigen may also be referred to as an "autologous antigen") and that produces an abnormally vigorous immune response against this normal part of the body. Such a vigorous immune response against an autoantigen can be the cause of an "autoimmune disease."

[0185] In some embodiments, the antigen for vaccination administered in the form of RNA encoding it comprises a naturally occurring antigen or a fragment thereof, such as an epitope.

[0186] lipids The compositions of the present invention also include lipid mixtures. The terms "lipid" and "lipid-like substance" are broadly defined herein as molecules containing one or more hydrophobic moieties or groups and one or more hydrophilic moieties or groups. Molecules containing hydrophobic and hydrophilic moieties are often referred to as amphiphiles. Lipids are usually insoluble or poorly soluble in water, but are soluble in many organic solvents. In aqueous environments, the amphiphilic nature allows the molecules to self-assemble into organized structures and different phases. Lipids may contain polar and nonpolar (or apolar) moieties.

[0187] Hydrophobicity can be imparted by the inclusion of non-polar groups, including, but not limited to, long-chain saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbyl groups (as defined and exemplified above), such as alkyl, alkenyl, and / or alkynyl groups, and such groups substituted with one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl groups (as defined and exemplified above). The hydrophilic groups may include polar and / or charged groups, including at least one amine and optionally hydrophilic uncharged groups, such as hydroxyl, carbohydrate, sulfhydryl, nitro, and other groups, and may further include anionic groups such as phosphate, phosphonate, carboxylic acid, sulfate, sulfonate (all as defined and exemplified above), and other similar groups.

[0188] The term "hydrophobic," as used herein with respect to a compound, group, or moiety, means that the compound, group, or moiety is not attracted to water molecules and will exclude water molecules when present in an aqueous solution. In some embodiments, the term "hydrophobic" refers to any compound, group, or moiety that is substantially immiscible or insoluble in an aqueous solution. In some embodiments, a hydrophobic compound, group, or moiety is substantially non-polar.

[0189] Examples of hydrophobic groups are hydrocarbyl groups (as defined and exemplified above), such as alkyl, alkenyl, and / or alkynyl groups, and such groups substituted with one or more aryl, heteroaryl, or cycloalkyl groups (as defined and exemplified above). In some embodiments, the hydrophobic compound, group, or moiety is lipophilic. The hydrophobic group may have functional groups (e.g., ethers, thioethers, esters, dioxolanes, halides, amides, sulfonamides, carbamates, etc.) and atoms other than carbon and hydrogen, provided that the group is substantially immiscible or insoluble in aqueous solution.

[0190] The term "lipophilic" as used herein with respect to a compound, group, or moiety means that the compound, group, or moiety is soluble in a non-polar solvent (e.g., hexane, tetrahydrofuran (THF), and / or chloroform). In some embodiments, the term "lipophilic" refers to any compound, group, or moiety that is soluble in a non-polar solvent (e.g., hexane, tetrahydrofuran (THF), and / or chloroform) and is substantially immiscible or insoluble in aqueous solution. Examples of lipophilic groups include hydrocarbyl groups, such as acyclic, preferably linear, hydrocarbyl groups (e.g., hydrocarbyl groups having at least 10 carbon atoms), such as the lipophilic chains of natural lipids. Other examples include branched hydrocarbyls having at least 10 carbon atoms, such as the lipophilic segments of lipids such as SM-102 or ALC-315.

[0191] The hydrophobic portion of the lipid may have 24 to 60 carbon atoms and may be hydrocarbyl (as described and exemplified above, typically containing an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group as described and exemplified above). The 24 to 60 carbon atoms may be divided into two or more hydrophobic segments, each of which typically has at least 6 carbon atoms. Examples of divided hydrophobic segments in which each segment is hydrocarbyl include lipids containing diacylglycerol or dialkylglycerol moieties, each of which has 12 to 20 carbon atoms in the acyl or alkyl groups.

[0192] The hydrophobic portion of the lipid may be heterohydrocarbyl, preferably having 24-60 carbon atoms, where the heteroatom is selected from N, O, or S, forming one, two, three, or four uncharged groups such as ether, thioether, ester, amide, carbamate, sulfonamide, or other groups. The 24-60 carbon atoms can be divided into two or more hydrophobic segments, provided that each such segment has at least six carbon atoms. Examples of divided hydrophobic segments in which each segment is hydrocarbyl include lipids containing diacylglycerol or dialkylglycerol moieties, each of which contains 12-20 carbon atoms in the acyl or alkyl groups. Examples of hydrophobic segments in which each segment is heterohydrocarbyl include the ester-branched portions of lipids such as SM-102 or ALC-315, as defined and exemplified below.

[0193] cationically ionizable lipids The lipid nanoparticle composition described herein comprises at least one cationically ionizable lipid as a particle-forming agent.The cationically ionizable lipid can typically electrostatically bind to an active ingredient (particularly, but not limited to, a nucleic acid).The cationically ionizable lipid can associate with a nucleic acid, for example, by forming a complex with the nucleic acid, or by forming an organized structure in which the nucleic acid is enclosed or encapsulated.

[0194] As used herein, "cationically ionizable lipid" refers to a lipid or lipid-like substance that has a net positive charge or is neutral depending on whether it is protonated or deprotonated, i.e., a lipid that is not permanently cationic. Thus, depending on the pH of the composition in which the cationically ionizable lipid is dissolved, the cationically ionizable lipid will have a net positive charge or be neutral.

[0195] In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid comprises a head group that includes at least one nitrogen atom (N) that can be protonated, preferably under physiological or slightly acidic conditions.

[0196] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid has a polar and a non-polar portion, the polar portion having a pK between 8 and 10.5. a The ratio of the molecular volume of the polar part to the non-polar part is 0.15 or less. a All references to pK of the conjugate acid a It has the same usual meaning in chemistry as

[0197] Apparent pK of cationically ionizable lipids in LNPs a The pK of the polar moiety in solution and in ionizable lipids is known to be 5.5 to 7, more preferably 5.8 to 6.7, and most preferably 6.0 to 6.5. a These differences are described, inter alia, in Carraso et al Nature Communications Biology 2021, 4, 956.

[0198] Molecular volume and lipid shape Methods for calculating molecular volume are described, for example, in WO 2008 / 043575 and WO 2009 / 047006. Lipid shape theory is built on the balance of shape between the hydrophobic or non-polar part and the polar head group part of a given amphiphile, rather than the absolute values ​​of the two molecular parts. Kappa (κ) may be used to describe the volume ratio between the polar and non-polar sections of a lipid. κ = molecular volume (head, polar) / molecular volume (tail, non-polar)

[0199] A variety of different methods for calculating molecular volumes are available to those skilled in the art, and alternative methods and sources of information are discussed, for example, in Connolly, MJ Am. Chem. Soc. 1985, 107, 1118-1124 and references therein, and provided at http: / / www.ccl.net / cca / documents / molecular-modeling / node5.html.

[0200] Molecular volume is generally determined by the van der Waals radius r such that the sum of the volumes for a given pair of atoms i and j is equal to their shortest possible distance (dij). i vdW The NMR spectrum is calculated by assigning a value called the NMR spectrum to each atom type. r i vdW +r j vdW ≦dij

[0201] Many different tables of "best" van der Waals radii exist, although different authors provide similar values ​​for corresponding atoms. In geometric terms, the van der Waals radii can be imagined as spherical "shields" surrounding the atoms, and the shortest distance between two unbonded atoms corresponds to when these shields touch. However, the shields of covalently bonded atoms intersect because the bond length is shorter than the sum of the van der Waals radii of the participating atoms. The van der Waals surface of a molecule, also called the van der Waals envelope, consists of the spheres of the individual atoms, excluding the intersecting portions.

[0202] For a single molecule (i.e., a molecule with a path between any two atoms along a covalent bond), the van der Waals envelope is a closed surface and therefore contains a volume. This volume is called the molecular volume or van der Waals volume and is usually measured in Å. 3 A straightforward method for calculating the molecular volume on a computer is by numerical integration.

[0203] In some embodiments, the molecular volume of the lipid molecule and each head and tail fragment can be calculated using DS Viewer Pro 5.0 (Accelrys Inc., San Diego, CA), and the volume within each van der Waals radius can be calculated.

[0204] Another software for such calculations is RDkit.

[0205] Regarding the definition of the polar and non-polar portions of a particular lipid, typical rules in the art may be applied. For cholesterol derivatives, the entire sterol, excluding the 3' oxygen, may be defined as the hydrophobic portion, to which the head group is complementary. For cationic or anionic alkyl derivatives, the polar head group may be defined as the polar fragment containing the C1 carbon of the alkyl chain. As a result, the remaining chain containing n-1 carbon atoms typically represents the hydrophobic non-polar portion. For phospholipids (i.e., neutral lipids), a typical membrane fragment is 1,2-diacylethylene glycol, representing the hydrophobic portion, with the 3' carbon atom of the original glycerol remaining with the phosphocholine head group. Molecular volume typically depends on the constants used in the calculation and may be affected by the conformation of the molecule.

[0206] Exemplary values ​​for representative polar and non-polar lipid fragments of cationically ionizable lipids are provided in Table 1 below, and the compounds are further disclosed below. Compounds X-3, X-2, X-22, and X-20 are compounds of formula (X) listed in Table 2 below, compound D is in Table 3, and the remaining compounds are in Table 4. Polar and non-polar fragments are defined for the unprotonated form of ionizable lipids that exists primarily at a pH of about 7.4. [Table 1]

[0207] Other methods for determining molecular volumes for lipids are possible. Also, some parameters, such as the exact branch point between the membrane tail and the polar head, the number of water molecules in the hydration cage, or the van der Waals radii, can be varied without affecting the general applicability of the model. In some embodiments, the molecular volumes cited above may be used.

[0208] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming LNPs has a conical lipid tail region. The need for a conical lipid tail region is in accordance with molecular shape theory, as described in Witzigmann et al. Adv. Drug Delivery Rev. 2020, 159, 344-363. The term "conical" in this context refers to a lipid comprising a tail group with a cross-sectional area larger than the lipid head group. In the context of the present invention, the κ of the cationically ionizable lipid when unprotonated is preferably 0.15 or less to be able to form LNPs. In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming LNPs has a head-to-tail volume ratio (i.e., κ value) when unprotonated of less than 0.15, preferably less than 0.12, and more preferably less than 0.1. This ratio may be calculated using the method of Siepi et al. Biophys J. 2011, 100, 2412-2421, which defines the nonpolar portion as two carbons away from the linker region, or by analogy with the tertiary amine of the head group in an ionizable lipid. Cationically ionizable lipids may have a κ of about 0.05 to about 0.15, or about 0.06 to about 0.13, for example, about 0.07 to about 0.1. κ is small when the polar head group is small and the hydrophobic tail is large. The volume of the polar head group is about 100 Å. 3 Smaller, preferably 60 Å 3 Smaller, preferably 50 Å 3 The volume of the polar head group is about 30 Å. 3 ~about 100Å 3 , approximately 40 Å 3 ~approximately 80Å 3For example, about 40 Å 3 ~approximately 60Å 3 The volume of the non-polar tail group may be about 400 Å. 3 ~approximately 800Å 3 , about 500Å 3 ~about 700Å 3 and preferably about 550 Å 3 ~approx. 650Å 3 Cationically ionizable lipids typically do not form a lamellar (biphasic) phase in water under physiological conditions.

[0209] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid, when formulated as a lipid nanoparticle, has an apparent pKa of the conjugate acid of 5.5 to 6.8.

[0210] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid has a molecular weight of about 400 Å. 3 ~approximately 900Å 3 , preferably about 500 Å 3 ~about 700Å 3 The molecular volume may be calculated according to the methods described herein.

[0211] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid has a molecular mass of 500 to 2000 daltons.

[0212] Cationically ionizable lipids have a polar moiety (also referred to herein as a hydrophilic group or "head" group). Such polar groups typically include polar and / or charged groups. Cationically ionizable lipids can include one or more (e.g., two, three, four, or five) polar moieties, but typically include only one or two polar moieties. Non-limiting examples of polar groups that may be present on the polar moiety include amines (preferably primary, secondary, or tertiary amines), hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, and nitro groups (all as defined and exemplified above), carbohydrate moieties (preferably monosaccharide moieties as defined and exemplified above), and may further include anionic groups such as phosphate, carboxylic acid, sulfate (all as defined and exemplified above), and other similar groups.

[0213] Cationically ionizable lipids also have a non-polar portion, which is the hydrophobic portion defined and exemplified above in connection with the general definition of lipid.

[0214] In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid comprises a head group (or polar group) comprising at least one tertiary amine moiety. As used herein, the term "tertiary amine moiety" has its usual meaning in organic chemistry, and refers to an amine group, i.e., a moiety comprising a nitrogen atom substituted by three organic substituents (the substituents may be the same or different from each other). The organic substituents may be hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl groups, as defined above. When the organic moiety is a hydrocarbyl group, it may be selected from alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkynyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, cycloalkenyl groups, cycloalkylalkyl groups, alkylcycloalkylalkyl groups, alkylcycloalkylalkyl groups, aryl groups, alkylaryl groups, arylalkyl groups, and alkylarylalkyl groups (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). Preferably, the organic portion of the tertiary amine is an alkyl or alkenyl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, each of which may be substituted with a polar group as described and exemplified above, such as an ester, an amine (preferably a primary or secondary amine), an amide, a hydroxylamido, a hydroxyl, a sulfhydryl, and a nitro group (all as defined and exemplified above), or a carbohydrate moiety (preferably a monosaccharide moiety, as defined and exemplified above).

[0215] In one embodiment, at least one of the organic moieties of the tertiary amine moiety is an alkyl group (as defined and exemplified above) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which alkyl group may be substituted with a polar group, preferably a hydroxyl or amino group (preferably a primary amino group). In one embodiment, one or two of the organic moieties of the tertiary amine group comprises an alkyl group (as defined and exemplified above) having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which alkyl group may be substituted with a hydroxyl group. In one embodiment, one or two of the organic moieties of the tertiary amine group comprises a methyl, ethyl, or hydroxyethyl group.

[0216] In one embodiment, at least one of the organic moieties of the tertiary amine moiety is an alkyl group (as defined and exemplified above) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which alkyl group may be substituted with a polar group, preferably a hydroxyl group or an amino group (preferably a primary amino group). In one embodiment, one or two of the organic moieties of the tertiary amine group comprises an alkyl group (as defined and exemplified above) having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which alkyl group may be substituted with a hydroxyl group. In one embodiment, one or two of the organic moieties of the tertiary amine group comprises a methyl, ethyl, or hydroxyethyl group.

[0217] In one embodiment, two of the organic moieties of the tertiary amine moiety are linked to form a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring (as defined above). The heterocyclyl group may preferably contain 3 to 10, e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7, ring atoms, of which at least one ring atom is a nitrogen atom and the other heteroatoms may be selected from N, O, and S. At least one of the nitrogen atoms in the ring must be connected to another part of the molecule to form a tertiary amine group. Exemplary heterocyclic ring tertiary amine groups include piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, and piperidinyl groups, of which piperazinyl groups are preferred. The nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may be further linked to another tertiary amine group, as defined and exemplified above.

[0218] The polar groups of cationically ionizable lipids (e.g., tertiary amines) typically have pK values ​​between 8.0 and 10.5. a The pK of tertiary amines when formulated into LNPs a is usually the pK of the same tertiary amine in solution. a The pK of the tertiary amine in the LNP is about 2 to 4 units different. a is the pK of the same tertiary amine in solution a The pK of the tertiary amine moiety may differ from the pK of the tertiary amine moiety by about 2.5 units to about 3.5 units, and may differ from the pK of the tertiary amine moiety by about 3 units. a is 5.5 to 6.8 when a cationically ionizable lipid is present in the LNP. Preferably, the pK of the tertiary amine moiety is a When present in an LNP, may be 6.2 to 6.5.

[0219] Examples of cationically ionizable lipids are disclosed, for example, in WO 2016 / 176330 and WO 2018 / 078053. In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid has the formula (X): [ka] or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, prodrug, or stereoisomer thereof, L 10 and L 20 One of the is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O) x -, -SS-, -C(=O)S-, SC(=O)-, -NR a C(=O)-, -C(=O)NR a -, NR a C(=O)NR a -, -OC(=O)NR a - or -NR a C(=O)O-, and L 10 and L 20 The other is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O) x -, -SS-, -C(=O)S-, SC(=O)-, -NRa C(=O)-, -C(=O)NR a -, NR a C(=O)NR a -, -OC(=O)NR a - or -NR a C(=O)O- or a direct bond, G 1 and G 2 are each independently unsubstituted C1-C 12 Alkylene or C2- 12 is alkenylene, G 3 is C 1-24 Alkylene, C 2-24 Alkenylene, C 3-8 Cycloalkylene, or C 3-8 is cycloalkenylene, R a is H or C 1-12 is alkyl, R 35 and R 36 are each independently C 6-24 Alkyl or C 6-24 is alkenyl, R 37 is H, OR 50 , CN, -C(=O)OR 40 , -OC(=O)R 40 , or -NR 50 C(=O)R 40 and R 40 is C 1-12 is alkyl, R 50 is H or C 1-6 is alkyl, x is 0, 1, or 2.

[0220] In some of the above embodiments of formula (X), the lipid has the following structure (XA) or (XB): [ka] (XA) (XB) It has one of the following. A is a 3- to 8-membered cycloalkyl or cycloalkylene group; R 60 is independently H, OH, or C1-C 24 is alkyl, n1 is an integer ranging from 1 to 15.

[0221] In some of the above embodiments of formula (X), the lipid has the structure (XA), and in other embodiments, the lipid has the structure (XB).

[0222] In other embodiments of formula (X), the lipid has the following structure (XC) or (XD): [ka] (XC) (XD) It has one of the following. y and z are each independently an integer ranging from 1 to 12.

[0223] In any of the above embodiments of formula (X), L 10 and L 20 One of the groups is —O(C═O)—. For example, in some embodiments, L 10 and L 20 Each of is —O(C═O)—. In some different embodiments of any of the above, L 10 and L 20 are each independently -(C=O)O- or -O(C=O)-. For example, in some embodiments, L 10 and L 20 Each of is —(C═O)O—.

[0224] In some different embodiments of formula (X), the lipid has the following structure (XE) or (XF): [ka] (XE) (XF) It has one of the following.

[0225] In some of the above embodiments of formula (X), the lipid has the following structure (XG), (XH), (XJ), or (XK): [ka] (XG) (XH) JPEG2026501351000007.jpg75170(XJ) (XK) It has one of the following.

[0226] In some of the above embodiments of Formula (X), n1 is an integer ranging from 2 to 12, such as from 2 to 8 or from 2 to 4. For example, in some embodiments, n1 is 3, 4, 5, or 6. In some embodiments, n1 is 3. In some embodiments, n1 is 4. In some embodiments, n1 is 5. In some embodiments, n1 is 6.

[0227] In some other of the above embodiments of Formula (X), y and z are each independently an integer ranging from 2 to 10. For example, in some embodiments, y and z are each independently an integer ranging from 4 to 9 or from 4 to 6.

[0228] In some of the above embodiments of formula (X), R 60 is H. In other embodiments of the invention, R 60 is C1-C 24 In other embodiments, R 60 is OH.

[0229] In some embodiments of Formula (X), G 3 is unsubstituted. In other embodiments, G 3 is substituted. In various different embodiments, G 3 is a linear C1-C 24 Alkylene or linear C2-C 24 It is alkenylene.

[0230] In some other of the above embodiments of formula (X), R 35 or R 36 Or both are C6-C 24 For example, in some embodiments, R35 and R 36 each independently have the following structure: [ka] It has. R 7a and R 7b Each occurrence of is independently H or C1-C 12 alkyl, and a is an integer from 2 to 12; R 7a , R 7b , and a are R 35 and R 36 is each independently selected to contain from 6 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, in some embodiments, a is an integer ranging from 5 to 9 or from 8 to 12.

[0231] In some of the above embodiments of formula (X), R 7a At least one occurrence of is H. For example, in some embodiments, R 7a is H at each occurrence. In another different embodiment of the above, R 7b is C1-C8 alkyl. For example, in some embodiments, C1-C8 alkyl is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl, or n-octyl.

[0232] In different embodiments of formula (X), R 35 or R 36 or both have the following structure: [ka] It has one of the following.

[0233] In some of the above embodiments of formula (X), R 37 OH, CN, -C(=O)OR 40 , -OC(=O)R 40 , or -NHC(=O)R 40 In some embodiments, R 40is methyl or ethyl.

[0234] In various different embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid of formula (X) has one of the structures shown in Table 2 below. [Table 2] JPEG2026501351000011.jpg251170 JPEG2026501351000012.jpg205170

[0235] In various different embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid has one of the structures shown in Table 3 below. [Table 3]

[0236] In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid has formula (XI): [ka] It has the following structure. each of R1 and R2 is independently R5 or -G1-L1-R6, and at least one of R1 and R2 is -G1-L1-R6; R3 and R4 are each independently C 1-6 Alkyl, C 2-6 Alkenyl, aryl, and C 3-10 cycloalkyl; each of R5 and R6 is independently an acyclic hydrocarbyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms; Each of G1 and G2 is independently an unsubstituted C 1-12 Alkylene or C 2-12 is alkenylene, L1 and L2 each independently represent -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, or -S(O) xselected from the group consisting of -, -SS-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NRaC(=O)-, -C(=O)NRa-, -NRaC(=O)NRa-, -OC(=O)NRa-, and -NRaC(=O)O-; Ra is H or C 1-12 is alkyl, m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; x is 0, 1, or 2.

[0237] In some of the above embodiments of formula (XI), G is independently an unsubstituted C-C 12 Alkylene or unsubstituted C 2-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 1-12 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 2-12 In some embodiments, each G is independently an unsubstituted C 6-12 Alkylene or unsubstituted C 6-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 6-12 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 6-12 In some embodiments, each G is independently an unsubstituted C 8-12 Alkylene or unsubstituted C 8-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 8-12 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 8-12 In some embodiments, each G is independently an unsubstituted C 6-10 Alkylene or unsubstituted C 6-10 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 6-10 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 6-10 In some embodiments, each G is independently an unsubstituted alkylene having 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms, e.g., an unsubstituted linear alkylene having 8, 9, or 10 carbon atoms. In some embodiments where R and R are both independently -G-L-R, G of R can be different from G of R. In some of these embodiments, for example, G of R is an unsubstituted linear C 1-12alkylene, or G1 of R2 is unsubstituted linear C 2-12 or G1 of R1 is an unsubstituted linear C 1-12 alkylene group, and G1 of R2 is a different unsubstituted linear C 1-12 In some embodiments where R1 and R2 are both independently -G1-L1-R6, G1 of R1 can be the same as G1 of R2. In some of these embodiments, for example, each G1 can be the same unsubstituted linear C 8-12 Alkylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 8-10 alkylene, or each G1 is the same unsubstituted linear C 6-12 It is alkenylene.

[0238] In some of the above embodiments of formula (XI), each L independently represents -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NR a C(=O)- and -C(=O)NR a In some embodiments, R of L is selected from the group consisting of a is H or C 1-12 In some embodiments, the R of L is alkyl. a is H or C 1-6 Alkyl, e.g., H or C 1-3 In some embodiments, the R of L is alkyl. a is H, methyl, or ethyl. In some embodiments, each L is independently selected from the group consisting of -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)S-, and -SC(=O)-. In some embodiments, each L is independently -O(C=O)- or -(C=O)O-. In some embodiments where R and R are both independently -G-L-R, L of R can be different from L of R. In some of these embodiments, for example, L of R is selected from -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NR a C(=O)- and -C(=O)NR a- (e.g., L1 of R1 is -O(C=O)-), and L1 of R2 is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)S, -SC(=O)-, -NR a C(=O)- and -C(=O)NR a -(C=O)-, ... a C(=O)- and -C(=O)NR a -, for example, each L1 is -O(C=O)- or each L1 is -(C=O)O-.

[0239] In some of the above embodiments of Formula (XI), each R6 is independently an acyclic hydrocarbyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms, e.g., a linear hydrocarbyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, each R6 is independently an acyclic hydrocarbyl group having at most 30 carbon atoms, e.g., at most 28, at most 26, at most 24, at most 22, or at most 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, each R6 is independently an acyclic hydrocarbyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), e.g., a linear hydrocarbyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms). In some embodiments, each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. In some embodiments, each R6 independently has at most 30 carbon atoms (e.g., at most 28, at most 26, at most 24, at most 22, or at most 20 carbon atoms), and each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. In some embodiments, each R6 independently is an acyclic hydrocarbyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms, for example, a linear hydrocarbyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms, and each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. In some embodiments, each R6 independently is an acyclic hydrocarbyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), for example, a linear hydrocarbyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), and each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. In some embodiments, the hydrocarbyl group of R6 is an alkyl or alkenyl group, such as C 10-30It is an alkyl group or an alkenyl group. Thus, in some embodiments, each R6 is independently an acyclic alkyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms or an acyclic alkenyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms, such as a linear alkyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms or a linear alkenyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, each R6 is independently an acyclic alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms) or an acyclic alkenyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), for example, a linear alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms) or a linear alkenyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms). In some embodiments, each R6 is independently an acyclic alkyl group having 11 to 19 carbon atoms (e.g., 11, 13, 15, 17, or 17 carbon atoms), e.g., a linear alkyl group having 11 to 19 carbon atoms (e.g., 11, 13, 15, 17, or 17 carbon atoms). In some embodiments, each R6 is independently an acyclic alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms) or an acyclic alkenyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), for example, a linear alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms) or a linear alkenyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), and each R6 is bonded to L1 via an internal carbon atom of R6.In some embodiments, each R6 is independently an acyclic alkyl group having 11 to 19 carbon atoms (e.g., 11, 13, 15, 17, or 17 carbon atoms), for example, a linear alkyl group having 11 to 19 carbon atoms (e.g., 11, 13, 15, 17, or 17 carbon atoms), and each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. The term "internal carbon atom" means that the carbon atom of R6 through which R6 is bonded to L1 is directly bonded to at least two other carbon atoms of R6. For example, C: 11 For alkyl groups, each carbon atom at any one of positions 2, 3, 4, 5, and 7 qualifies as an "internal carbon atom" according to the present disclosure, but carbon atoms at positions 1, 6, 8, 9, 10, and 11 do not. [ka]

[0240] Therefore, C bonded to L1 through the internal carbon of R6 11 The alkyl group R6 is one of the following groups: [ka] Includes. [ka] represents the bond by which R6 is attached to L1. Furthermore, linear alkyl groups, such as linear C 11 For alkyl groups, excluding the first and last carbon atoms of a linear alkyl group (i.e., linear C 11Each carbon atom (excluding the carbon atoms at positions 1 and 11 of the alkyl group) qualifies as an "internal carbon atom." Thus, in some embodiments, when R6 is a linear alkyl group having p carbon atoms and bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6, it means that R6 is bonded to L1 through a carbon atom of R6 at any one of positions 2 through (p-1) (thereby excluding the terminal C atoms at positions 1 and p). In some embodiments, when R6 is a linear alkyl group having p' carbon atoms (p' is an even number) and bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6, R6 is bonded to L1 through a carbon at any one of positions (p' / 2-1), (p' / 2), and (p' / 2+1) of R6 (e.g., if p' is 10, R6 is bonded to L1 through a carbon atom at any one of positions 4, 5, and 6 of R6). In some embodiments, when R6 is a linear alkyl group having p" carbon atoms (p" is an odd number) and bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6, R6 is bonded to L1 through a carbon atom at either one of the (p"-1) / 2 and (p"+1) / 2 positions of R6 (e.g., if p" is 11, R6 is bonded to L1 through a carbon at either one of the 5 and 6 positions of R6). In general, when both R1 and R2 are -G1-L1-R6, and each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6, it is understood that R6 of R1 is bonded to L1 of R1 (rather than L1 of R2) through an internal carbon atom of R6, and R6 of R2 is bonded to L1 of R2 (rather than L1 of R1) through an internal carbon atom of R6 of R2. In some embodiments, each R6 independently [ka] is selected from the group consisting of [ka] represents the bond by which R6 is attached to L1. In some embodiments, when R1 and R2 are both independently -G1-L1-R6, R6 of R1 is different from R6 of R2. In some of these embodiments, for example, R6 of R1 can be an acyclic, preferably linear, hydrocarbyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms (e.g., R6 of R1 can be [ka] R2 and R6 may be different acyclic, preferably linear, hydrocarbyl groups having at least 10 carbon atoms (e.g., R2 and R6 are [ka] In some embodiments, when R1 and R2 are both independently -G1-L1-R6, R6 of R1 is the same as R6 of R2. In some of these embodiments, for example, each R6 is the same acyclic, preferably linear, hydrocarbyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms (e.g., each R6 is [ka] (It is).

[0241] In some of the above embodiments of Formula (XI), R5 is an acyclic hydrocarbyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms, e.g., a linear hydrocarbyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, R5 is an acyclic hydrocarbyl group having at least 12 carbon atoms, e.g., at least 14, at least 16, or at least 18 carbon atoms, e.g., a linear hydrocarbyl group having at least 12, at least 14, at least 16, or at least 18 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, R5 has at most 30 carbon atoms, e.g., at most 28, at most 26, at most 24, at most 22, or at most 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, R5 is an acyclic hydrocarbyl group, for example a linear hydrocarbyl group, and each hydrocarbyl group has 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, 10 to 20 carbon atoms, or 12 to 30, 12 to 28, 12 to 26, 12 to 24, 12 to 22, 12 to 20 carbon atoms, or 14 to 30, 14 to 28, 14 to 26, 14 to 24, 14 to 22, 14 to 20 carbon atoms, or 16 to 30, 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms). In some embodiments, the hydrocarbyl group of R5 is an alkyl or alkenyl group, such as C 10-30Thus, in some embodiments, R5 is an acyclic alkyl group or an acyclic alkenyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 12, at least 14, at least 16, or at least 18 carbon atoms), such as a linear alkyl group or a linear alkenyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 12, at least 14, at least 16, or at least 18 carbon atoms). In some embodiments, R5 is an acyclic alkyl group or an acyclic alkenyl group, such as a linear alkyl group or a linear alkenyl group, and each of the alkyl and alkenyl groups independently has 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, 10 to 20 carbon atoms, or 12 to 30, 12 to 28, 12 to 26, 12 to 24, 12 to 22, 12 to 20 carbon atoms, or 14 to 30, 14 to 28, 14 to 26, 14 to 24, 14 to 22, 14 to 20 carbon atoms, or 16 to 30, 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has at least two carbon-carbon double bonds, e.g., two or three carbon-carbon double bonds, e.g., two carbon-carbon double bonds, hi some embodiments, an alkenyl group has at least one carbon-carbon double bond in the cis configuration, e.g., one, two, or three, e.g., two, carbon-carbon double bonds in the cis configuration.Thus, in some embodiments, R5 is an acyclic alkyl group or an acyclic alkenyl group, e.g., a linear alkyl group or a linear alkenyl group, wherein each of the alkyl and alkenyl groups independently has 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, 10 to 20 carbon atoms, or 12 to 30, 12 to 28, 12 to 26, 12 to 24, 12 to 22, 12 to 20 carbon atoms, or 14 to 30, 14 to 28, 14 to 26, 14 to 24, 14 to 22, 14 to 20 carbon atoms, or 16 to 30, 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms), and the alkenyl group has at least two carbon-carbon double bonds, for example, two or three carbon-carbon double bonds. In some embodiments, R5 is an acyclic alkyl group or an acyclic alkenyl group, e.g., a linear alkyl group or a linear alkenyl group, and each of the alkyl and alkenyl groups independently has 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, 10 to 20 carbon atoms, or 12 to 30, 12 to 28, 12 to 26, 12 to 24, 12 to 22, 12 to 20 carbon atoms, or 14 to 30, ... In some embodiments, R5 has the following structure: [ka] It has. [ka] is thereby R 5 represents the bond that attaches it to the rest of the compound.

[0242] In some of the above embodiments of formula (XI), L2 is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -SS-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NR a C(=O)-, -C(=O)NR a -, -NR a C(=O)NR a -, -OC(=O)NR a - and -NR a In some embodiments, L2 is selected from the group consisting of -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NR a C(=O)- and -C(=O)NR a In some embodiments, Ra of L2 is selected from the group consisting of H or C 1-12 In some embodiments, the R of L is alkyl. a is H or C 1-6 Alkyl, e.g., H or C 1-3 In some embodiments, the R of L is alkyl. a is H, methyl, or ethyl. In some embodiments, L2 is selected from the group consisting of -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)S-, and -SC(=O)-. In some embodiments, L2 is -O(C=O)- or -(C=O)O-.

[0243] In some of the above embodiments of formula (XI), G2 is an unsubstituted C 1-12 Alkylene or unsubstituted C 2-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 1-12 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 2-12 In some embodiments, G2 is an unsubstituted C 2-10 Alkylene or unsubstituted C 2-10 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 2-10 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 2-10 In some embodiments, G2 is an unsubstituted C 2-6 Alkylene or unsubstituted C 2-6 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C2-6 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 2-6 In some embodiments, G2 is an unsubstituted C 2-4 Alkylene or unsubstituted C 2-4 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 2-4 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 2-4 In some embodiments, G2 is ethylene or trimethylene.

[0244] In some of the above embodiments of formula (XI), each of R3 and R4 is independently C 1-6 Alkyl or C 2-6 In some embodiments, each of R and R is independently C 1-4 Alkyl or C 2-4 In some embodiments, each of R and R is independently C 1-3 In some embodiments, each of R3 and R4 is independently methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, each of R3 and R4 is methyl.

[0245] In some of the above embodiments of Formula (XI), m is 0, 1, 2, or 3. In some embodiments, m is 0 or 2. In some embodiments, m is 0. In some embodiments, m is 2.

[0246] In some of the above embodiments of formula (XI), the cationically ionizable lipid has formula (XIIa) or (XIIb): [ka] having the structure Each of R3 and R4 is independently C1-C6 alkyl or C 2-6 is alkenyl, R5 is a linear hydrocarbyl group having at least 14 carbon atoms (e.g., at least 16 carbon atoms), the hydrocarbyl group preferably having at least two carbon-carbon double bonds; each R6 is independently a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having at least 10 carbon atoms, and / or each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6, preferably each R6 is independently a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having at least 10 carbon atoms, and each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6; Each G1 independently contains an unsubstituted linear C 4-12 Alkylene or C 4-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 6-12 Alkylene or C 6-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 8-12 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 8-12 is alkenylene, G2 is unsubstituted C2-C 10 Alkylene or C 2-10 Alkenylene, preferably unsubstituted C2-C6 alkylene or C 2-6 is alkenylene, each of L1 and L2 independently represents -O(C=O)- or -(C=O)O-; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3, preferably 0 or 2.

[0247] In some of the above embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R5 has at most 30 carbon atoms, e.g., at most 28, at most 26, at most 24, at most 22, or at most 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R5 is a linear hydrocarbyl group having 14 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 14 to 28, 14 to 26, 14 to 24, 14 to 22, 14 to 20 carbon atoms, or 16 to 30, 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms). In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R5 is a linear alkyl or alkenyl group having 14 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 14 to 28, 14 to 26, 14 to 24, 14 to 22, 14 to 20 carbon atoms, or 16 to 30, 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms). In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), the alkenyl group has at least two carbon-carbon double bonds, for example, two or three carbon-carbon double bonds, for example, two carbon-carbon double bonds. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group has at least one carbon-carbon double bond in a cis configuration, for example, one, two, or three, for example, two carbon-carbon double bonds in a cis configuration. Thus, in some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R5 is a linear alkyl group or a linear alkenyl group, wherein the alkyl group and the alkenyl group each independently have 14 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 14 to 28, 14 to 26, 14 to 24, 14 to 22, or 14 to 20 carbon atoms, or 16 to 30, 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, or 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms), and the alkenyl group has at least two carbon-carbon double bonds, e.g., two or three carbon-carbon double bonds.In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R5 is a linear alkyl group or a linear alkenyl group, wherein the alkyl group and the alkenyl group each independently have 14 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 14 to 28, 14 to 26, 14 to 24, 14 to 22, or 14 to 20 carbon atoms, or 16 to 30, 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, or 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms), and the alkenyl group has at least one carbon-carbon double bond, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds in a cis configuration. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R5 is a linear alkyl group or a linear alkenyl group, wherein the alkyl group and the alkenyl group each independently have 14 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 14 to 28, 14 to 26, 14 to 24, 14 to 22, or 14 to 20 carbon atoms, or 16 to 30, 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, or 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms), and the alkenyl group has two or three carbon-carbon double bonds, wherein at least one carbon-carbon double bond, for example, one, two, or three carbon-carbon double bonds, is in a cis configuration. 5 has the following structure: [ka] and [ka] represents the bond by which R5 is attached to the remainder of the compound. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R6 has at most 30 carbon atoms, e.g., at most 28, at most 26, at most 24, at most 22, or at most 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R6 is an acyclic hydrocarbyl group (e.g., an acyclic alkyl group) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), for example, a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms). In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R6 is a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having at least 10 carbon atoms, and R 6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R6 is an acyclic hydrocarbyl group (e.g., an acyclic alkyl group) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), for example, a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), and R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), G1 is independently an unsubstituted linear C 4-12 Alkylene or C 4-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 6-12 Alkylene or C 6-12 In some embodiments of Formula (XIIa), R5 is a linear hydrocarbyl group, such as a linear alkenyl group, having at least 14 carbon atoms (e.g., 14 to 30 carbon atoms) and 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds, R6 is a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having at least 10 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 30 carbon atoms), R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6, and G1 is independently an unsubstituted linear C 4-12 Alkylene or C4-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 6-12 Alkylene or C 6-12 It is alkenylene.

[0248] In some of the above embodiments of Formula (XIIb), each R6 independently has at most 30 carbon atoms, e.g., at most 28, at most 26, at most 24, at most 22, or at most 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIb), each R6 independently is a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms, or 11 to 19 carbon atoms, e.g., 11, 13, 15, 17, or 17 carbon atoms). In some embodiments of Formula (XIIb), each R6 is independently a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms, or 11 to 19 carbon atoms, e.g., 11, 13, 15, 17, or 17 carbon atoms), and each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIb), each R6 is independently [ka] is selected from the group consisting of [ka] represents the bond by which R6 is attached to L1. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIb), each G1 independently represents an unsubstituted linear C 6-12 Alkylene or C 6-12 In some embodiments of Formula (XIIb), each G is independently an unsubstituted linear C 8-12 Alkylene or C 8-12In some embodiments of Formula (XIIb), each R6 is independently a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having at least 10 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms, or 11 to 19 carbon atoms, e.g., 11, 13, 15, 17, or 17 carbon atoms) and is attached to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6; and each G1 is independently an unsubstituted linear C 8-12 Alkylene or C 8-12 It is alkenylene.

[0249] In some of the above embodiments of formula (XI), the cationically ionizable lipid has formula (XIIIa) or (XIIIb): [ka] It has the following structure. R3 and R4 each independently represent C 1-4 Alkyl or C 2-4 Alkenyl, more preferably C 1-3 alkyl, for example methyl or ethyl; R5 is a linear alkyl or alkenyl group having at least 16 carbon atoms; The alkenyl group preferably has at least two carbon-carbon double bonds, each R6 is independently a linear hydrocarbyl group having at least 10 carbon atoms; R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6, Each G1 independently contains an unsubstituted linear C 6-12 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 6-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 8-12 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 8-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 8-10 Alkylene or unsubstituted linear C 8-10 alkenylene, for example unsubstituted linear C8 alkylene; G2 is unsubstituted C 2-6 Alkylene or C2-6 Alkenylene, preferably unsubstituted C 2-4 Alkylene or C 2-4 alkenylene, for example ethylene or trimethylene; each of L1 and L2 independently represents -O(C=O)- or -(C=O)O-; m is 0, 1, 2, or 3, preferably 0 or 2.

[0250] In some of the above embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), R5 has at most 30 carbon atoms, e.g., at most 28, at most 26, at most 24, at most 22, or at most 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), R5 is a linear alkyl or alkenyl group having 16 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, or 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms). In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), the alkenyl group has at least two carbon-carbon double bonds, e.g., two or three carbon-carbon double bonds, e.g., two carbon-carbon double bonds. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group has at least one carbon-carbon double bond in a cis configuration, e.g., 1, 2, or 3, e.g., 2, carbon-carbon double bonds in a cis configuration. Thus, in some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), R5 is a linear alkyl group or a linear alkenyl group, wherein the alkyl and alkenyl groups each independently have 16 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms), and the alkenyl group has at least two carbon-carbon double bonds, e.g., 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), R5 is a linear alkyl group or a linear alkenyl group, wherein the alkyl group and the alkenyl group each independently have 16 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, or 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms), and the alkenyl group has at least one carbon-carbon double bond in a cis configuration, e.g., 1, 2, or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds.In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), R5 is a linear alkyl group or a linear alkenyl group, wherein the alkyl group and the alkenyl group each independently have 16 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 16 to 28, 16 to 26, 16 to 24, 16 to 22, or 16 to 20 carbon atoms, or 18 to 30, 18 to 28, 18 to 26, 18 to 24, 18 to 22, or 18 to 20 carbon atoms), and the alkenyl group has two or three carbon-carbon double bonds, wherein at least one carbon-carbon double bond, for example, one, two, or three carbon-carbon double bonds, is in a cis configuration. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), R5 has the following structure: [ka] and [ka] represents the bond by which R5 is attached to the remainder of the compound. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), R6 has at most 30 carbon atoms, e.g., at most 28, at most 26, at most 24, at most 22, or at most 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), R6 is a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), and R6 is attached to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), R6 is a linear alkyl group having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms), and R6 is attached to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), G1 is independently an unsubstituted linear C 4-12 Alkylene or C 4-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 6-12 Alkylene or C 6-12In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIa), R5 is a linear hydrocarbyl group, such as a linear alkenyl group, having at least 16 carbon atoms (e.g., 16 to 30 carbon atoms) and 2 or 3 carbon-carbon double bonds, R6 is a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having at least 10 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 30 carbon atoms), R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6, and G1 is independently an unsubstituted linear C 4-12 Alkylene or C 4-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 6-12 Alkylene or C 6-12 It is alkenylene.

[0251] In some of the above embodiments of Formula (XIIIb), each R6 independently has at most 30 carbon atoms, e.g., at most 28, at most 26, at most 24, at most 22, or at most 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIb), each R6 independently is a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having 10 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms, or 11 to 19 carbon atoms, e.g., 11, 13, 15, 17, or 17 carbon atoms), and each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIb), each R6 is bonded to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6; [ka] are independently selected from the group consisting of: [ka] represents the bond by which R6 is attached to L1. In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIb), each G1 independently represents an unsubstituted linear C 8-12 Alkylene or C 8-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 8-10 Alkylene or C 8-10In some embodiments of Formula (XIIIb), each R6 is independently a linear hydrocarbyl group (e.g., a linear alkyl group) having at least 10 carbon atoms (e.g., 10 to 28, 10 to 26, 10 to 24, 10 to 22, or 10 to 20 carbon atoms, or 11 to 19 carbon atoms, e.g., 11, 13, 15, 17, or 17 carbon atoms) and is attached to L1 through an internal carbon atom of R6; and each G1 is independently an unsubstituted linear C 8-12 Alkylene or C 8-12 Alkenylene, e.g., unsubstituted linear C 8-10 Alkylene or C 8-10 It is alkenylene.

[0252] In some of the above embodiments of formula (XI), the cationically ionizable lipid has the following formulas (XIV-1), (XIV-2), and (XIV-3): [ka] (XIV-1); JPEG2026501351000036.jpg49170(XIV-2); JPEG2026501351000037.jpg34170(XIV-3) It has one of the following:

[0253] In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid is (6Z,16Z)-12-((Z)-dec-4-en-1-yl)docosa-6,16-dien-11-yl 5-(dimethylamino)pentanoate (3D-P-DMA). The structure of 3D-P-DMA may be represented as follows: [ka]

[0254] In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipids are generally and specifically selected from those described in WO 2018 / 087753.

[0255] In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid is [ka] is selected from the group consisting of:

[0256] In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipids are generally and specifically selected from those described in U.S. Patent No. 10,221,127 B2. In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipids are generally and specifically selected from those described in WO 2017 / 049245 A2. In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipids are generally and specifically selected from those described in U.S. Patent No. 2022 / 0218622 A1. In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipids are generally and specifically selected from those described in WO 2021 / 000041 A1. In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipids are generally and specifically selected from those described in WO 2020 / 252589 A1. In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipids are generally and specifically selected from those described in Cornebise et al. Adv. Funct. Mater. 2022, 32, 2106727a.

[0257] In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid is selected from the following listed in Table 4 below. [Table 4] JPEG2026501351000041.jpg241170 JPEG2026501351000042.jpg251170 JPEG2026501351000043.jpg250170 JPEG2026501351000044.jpg240170 JPEG2026501351000045.jpg250170 JPEG2026501351000046.jpg249170 JPEG2026501351000047.jpg205170 JPEG2026501351000048.jpg182170 JPEG2026501351000049.jpg249170 JPEG2026501351000050.jpg248170 JPEG2026501351000051.jpg198170Table 4

[0258] Preferred cationically ionizable lipids include, but are not limited to: N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); 1,2-distearyloxy-N,N-dimethyl-3-aminopropane (DSDMA), 1,2-Dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLinDMA), 3-dimethylamino-2-(cholest-5-ene-3-β-oxybutan-4-oxy)-1-(cis,cis-9,12-octadecadienoxy)propane (CLinDMA), 2-[5'-(cholest-5-ene-3-β-oxy)-3'-oxapentoxy)-3-dimethyl-1-(cis,cis-9',12'-octadecadienoxy)propane (CpLinDMA), N,N-dimethyl-3,4-dioleyloxybenzylamine (DMOBA), 1,2-N,N'-dioleylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DOcarbDAP), 2,3-Dilinoleoyloxy-N,N-dimethylpropylamine (DLinDAP), 1,2-N,N'-Dilinoleylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DLincarbDAP), 1,2-Dilinoleoylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DLinCDAP), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminomethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-K-DMA), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-K5-XTC2-DMA), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA), Heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (DLin-MC3-DMA), 2-({8-[(3β)-cholest-5-en-3-yloxy]octyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-1-amine (octyl-CLinDMA), Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)8,8'-((((2(dimethylamino)ethyl)thio)carbonyl)azanediyl)-dioctanoate (ATX), N,N-dimethyl-2,3-bis(dodecyloxy)propan-1-amine (DLDMA), N,N-dimethyl-2,3-bis(tetradecyloxy)propan-1-amine (DMDMA), Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)-9-((4-(dimethylaminobutanoyl)oxy)heptadecanedioate (L319), N-dodecyl-3-((2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethyl)-{2-[(2-dodecylcarbamoylethyl)-2-{(2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethyl)-[2-(2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethylamino)-ethyl]-amino}-ethylamino)propionamide (Lipidoid 98N12-5), 1-[2-[bis(2-hydroxydodecyl)amino]ethyl-[2-[4-[2-[bis(2-hydroxydodecyl)-amino]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]ethyl]amino]dodecan-2-ol (lipidoid C12-200), (6Z,9Z,28Z,31Z)-heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl 4-(dimethylamino)butanoate; Bis-(2-butyloctyl) 10-(N-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)nonanamido)nonadecanedioate (A9); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); (heptadecan-9-yl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)octyl]amino}octanoate) (L5); Heptadecan-9-yl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate) (SM-102); ((2-((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)ethyl)azanediyl)bis(octane-8,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate) (EA 405) (as further described herein); (((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)azanediyl)bis(octane-8,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate) (HY405) (as further described herein); 8-(((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)amino)octyl 2-hexyldecanoate (HY501) (as further described herein); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); and Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ); or a mixture of any of these.

[0259] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA); Heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (D-Lin-MC3-DMA); 1,2-Dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLin-DMA); N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)-9-((4-(dimethylaminobutanoyl)oxy)heptadecanedioate (L319); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); HY501 (as further described herein); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); and Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ); and mixtures of any of these.

[0260] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); and Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ); and mixtures of any of these.

[0261] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); and Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); and mixtures of any of these.

[0262] In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid is not BHD-C2C4-PipZ. In some embodiments, the cationically ionizable lipid is not DND-C2-C4-PipZ.

[0263] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is present in the composition in an amount of 20 to 80 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition. In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid may comprise about 20 mol% to about 75 mol%, about 20 mol% to about 70 mol%, about 20 mol% to about 60 mol%, about 25 mol% to about 55 mol%, about 30 mol% to about 50 mol%, about 35 mol% to about 45 mol%, or about 40 mol% to about 55 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition. Typically, in the LNP compositions of the present invention, the molar ratio of cationically ionizable lipid to negatively charged amphiphile is not 1:1. In some instances, the molar ratio of cationically ionizable lipid to negatively charged amphiphile is not 0.9 to 1.1. In a preferred embodiment, the molar ratio of cationically ionizable lipid to negatively charged amphiphile is 2 to 10, more preferably 3 to 7.

[0264] negatively charged amphiphiles The compositions of the present disclosure also include negatively charged amphiphiles (also referred to herein as "anionic amphiphiles"). As used herein, the term "amphiphile" is generally defined as a molecule having both hydrophilic and lipophilic portions (as defined above). Amphiphiles useful in the compositions of the present invention are anisotropic, having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion. The negative charge is located in the hydrophilic portion of the amphiphile. The negatively charged amphiphile can have one negatively charged group or multiple (e.g., 2, 3, 4, or 5) negatively charged groups.

[0265] As will be readily understood by those skilled in the art, the pK a Depending on the temperature and pH, amphiphiles can exist in a protonated form (described as an acid in standard chemical nomenclature) or a negatively charged deprotonated form (described as an acid in standard chemical nomenclature with the suffix "ate" instead of "acid"). The present invention encompasses anionic amphiphiles in both the protonated and deprotonated forms, regardless of the form in which the amphiphile is described herein.

[0266] The lipophilic moieties of the negatively charged amphiphile may be hydrocarbyl or heterohydrocarbyl groups, as defined above. When the lipophilic moieties are hydrocarbyl groups, they may be selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, alkylcycloalkylalkyl, aryl, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, and alkylarylalkyl groups (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). When the lipophilic moieties are heterohydrocarbyl groups, they may be alkylheteroaryl, heteroarylalkyl, alkylheterocyclyl, or heterocyclylalkyl groups (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred embodiments). The lipophilic moieties may comprise two or more groups from the above list.

[0267] In one embodiment, the lipophilic portion of the negatively charged amphiphile has from 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic portion of the negatively charged amphiphile has from 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic portion of the negatively charged amphiphile has from 6 to 20 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic portion of the negatively charged amphiphile has from 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0268] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkyl group having from 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkyl group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkyl group having from 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0269] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkenyl group having from 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkenyl group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkenyl group having from 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0270] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkynyl group having from 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkynyl group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkynyl group having from 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0271] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0272] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is a cycloalkenyl group having from 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is a cycloalkenyl group having from 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is a cycloalkenyl group having from 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0273] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylcycloalkyl group having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylcycloalkyl group having a total of 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylcycloalkyl group having a total of 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0274] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylcycloalkylalkyl group having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylcycloalkylalkyl group having a total of 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylcycloalkylalkyl group having a total of 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0275] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an aryl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0276] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylaryl group having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylaryl group having a total of 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylaryl group having a total of 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0277] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an arylalkyl group having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an arylalkyl group having a total of 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an arylalkyl group having a total of 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0278] In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylarylalkyl group having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylarylalkyl group having a total of 6 to 30 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the lipophilic moiety of the negatively charged amphiphile is an alkylarylalkyl group having a total of 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

[0279] In one embodiment, a negatively charged amphiphile has a constitutive negative charge. In this context, "constitutive negative charge" means that the amphiphile possesses a negative charge at all physiological pHs. Amphiphiles that possess a constitutively charged anionic moiety are typically salts of strong organic acids (i.e., organic acids of formula HA that dissociate when dissolved in solvent S, transferring protons completely to the solvent molecule, thereby rendering the concentration of the undissociated species HA unmeasurably low).

[0280] Exemplary classes of amphiphiles with a constitutive negative charge include sulfates, sulfonates, phosphates, and phosphonates.

[0281] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a sulfate (as defined above in its broadest or preferred aspect). In one embodiment, the sulfate is an alkyl sulfate (i.e., in which the group R in the general definition above is an alkyl group) having 6 to 30, preferably 8 to 24, more preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms. Typical examples of sulfates include sodium lauryl sulfate.

[0282] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a sulfonate (as defined above in its broadest or preferred aspect). In one embodiment, the sulfonate is an alkyl sulfonate (i.e., in which the group R in the above general definition is an alkyl group) having 6 to 30, preferably 8 to 24, more preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the sulfonate is an alkylaryl sulfonate (i.e., in which the group R in the above general definition is an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group) having a total of 10 to 40, preferably 12 to 30, more preferably 16 to 24 carbon atoms. Typical examples of sulfonates include sodium hexadecanesulfonate (sodium cetylsulfonate) and sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate.

[0283] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a phosphate (as defined above in its broadest or preferred aspect). In one embodiment, the phosphate is an alkyl phosphate (i.e., in which the group R in the above general definition is an alkyl group) having 6 to 30, preferably 8 to 24, more preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms. Typical examples of phosphonates include octadecyl phosphate and dodecyl phosphate.

[0284] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a phosphonate (as defined above in its broadest or preferred aspect). In one embodiment, the phosphonate is an alkyl phosphonate (i.e., in which the group R in the general definition above is an alkyl group) having 6 to 30, preferably 8 to 24, more preferably 12 to 18 carbon atoms. Typical examples of phosphonates include octadecylphosphonic acid and dodecylphosphonic acid.

[0285] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile has a pH-sensitive charge. In this context, "pH-sensitive charge" means that the amphiphile may possess a negative charge at alkaline pH but be neutral at neutral or acidic pH. Amphiphiles possessing a constitutively charged anionic moiety are typically salts of weak organic acids (i.e., organic acids of formula HA that remain largely undissociated when dissolved in solvent S, thereby transferring protons only partially to the solvent molecule).

[0286] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a carboxylic acid or carboxylate (as defined above in the broadest or preferred embodiment). Typical examples of carboxylic acids include hexanoic acid, octanoic acid, decanoic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, icosanoic acid, tricosanoic acid, 2-hydroxytetradecanoic acid, 2-methyloctadecanoic acid, 2-bromohexadecanoic acid, 2-propylpentanoic acid, 2-butyloctanoic acid, 2-hexyldecanoic acid, 9-hydroxystearic acid, trans-2-decenoic acid, (9Z)-9-hexadecenoic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, oleic acid, elaidic acid, arachidonic acid, cyclododecanoic acid, adamantylacetic acid, dicyclohexylacetic acid, trans-4-pentylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 4-(decyloxy)benzoic acid, 4-octylbenzoic acid, cholic acid, lithocholic acid, or a mixture of any of these.

[0287] In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is alkyl carboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, optionally substituted with a hydroxyl group (i.e., the lipophilic portion of the carboxylic acid is the alkyl group); alkenyl carboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms (i.e., the lipophilic portion of the carboxylic acid is the alkenyl group); cycloalkylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms (i.e., the lipophilic portion of the carboxylic acid is the cycloalkyl group); alkylcycloalkylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms (i.e., the lipophilic portion of the carboxylic acid is an alkylcycloalkyl group); alkylaryl carboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms (i.e., the lipophilic portion of the carboxylic acid is the alkylaryl group); dicarboxylic acids having 4 to 10 carbon atoms in the dicarboxylic moiety, optionally esterified with an alkyl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms or an alkenyl group having 6 to 40 carbon atoms; and any mixtures thereof is selected from the group consisting of:

[0288] In one embodiment, the carboxylic acid is selected from the group consisting of octanoic acid, decanoic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, 2-butyloctanoic acid, 2-hexyldecanoic acid, 2-hydroxypalmitic acid, 2-methyloctadecanoic acid, hexadecenylsuccinic acid, neodecanoic acid, cyclohexanepentanoic acid, 1-adamantaneacetic acid, 4-pentylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, cyclododecanecarboxylic acid, p-nonylbenzoic acid, 2-decenoic acid, 3-decenoic acid, palmitoleic acid, linolenic acid, linoleic acid, oleic acid, elaidic acid, arachidonic acid, lithocholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, deoxycholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, and cholic acid, and mixtures of any of these.

[0289] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile has both constitutive and pH-sensitive negatively charged groups. An example of a negatively charged amphiphile having both such groups includes phosphatidylserine.

[0290] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile has a pH-sensitive charge and the pH-sensitive anionic moiety is a carboxylic acid. One or more charged groups may be present in the amphiphile, and in a preferred embodiment, a single charged moiety is present in the amphiphile.

[0291] The polar region of the negatively charged amphiphile may further comprise an uncharged polar moiety. Preferred uncharged polar moieties are hydroxyl or amide groups, and one or more uncharged polar moieties may be present in the negatively charged amphiphile.

[0292] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and a diacylglycerol. The hydrocarbyl moiety of the acyl moiety of the diacylglycerol moiety is as defined above, but is preferably an alkyl group (as defined above) having 6 to 40, preferably 8 to 18, carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group (as defined above) having 6 to 40, preferably 14 to 18, carbon atoms. Typically, the acyl moieties are located at the 1- and 2-positions of the glycerol moiety. The acyl moieties of the diacylglycerol moiety may be the same or different. In one embodiment, the acyl moiety is a saturated fatty acid moiety, preferably selected from the group consisting of stearoyl, palmitoyl, myristoyl, lauroyl, decanoyl, and octanoyl moieties. In one embodiment, the acyl moiety is an unsaturated fatty acid moiety, preferably selected from the group consisting of oleoyl, linoyl, and lineoyl moieties. The dicarboxylic acid moiety is as defined above, and preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of dicarboxylic acid moieties include oxalate, malonate, succinate, glutarate, adipate, pimelate, and suberate. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of succinic acid and diacylglycerol (i.e., the dicarboxylic acid moiety is a succinic acid moiety), also referred to herein as a "diacylglycerol hemisuccinate."

[0293] Typical examples of such negatively charged amphiphiles include 1,2-dilauroylglyceryl hemisuccinate (DLGS), 1,2-dimyristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (DMGS), 1,2-dipalmitoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (DPGS), 1-palmitoyl-2-stearoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (PSGS), distearoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (DSGS), 1,2-dioleoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (DOGS), 1-stearoyl,2-myristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (SMGS), 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (POGS), and analogs of any of the above where the dicarboxylic acid moiety is oxalate, malonate, succinate, glutarate, adipate, pimelate, or suberate. Dimyristoyl glyceryl hemisuccinate, dipalmitoyl glyceryl hemisuccinate, or distearoyl glyceryl hemisuccinate are preferred.

[0294] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and a steroid. The dicarboxylic acid moiety is as defined and exemplified above and typically contains a total of 2 to 10, preferably 3 to 6, carbon atoms (including the acyl carbon). The ester group may esterify any free hydroxyl group on the steroid molecule.

[0295] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and cholesterol. The dicarboxylic acid moiety is as defined above and preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 2 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of dicarboxylic acid moieties include oxalate, malonate, succinate, glutarate, adipate, pimelate, and suberate. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of succinic acid and cholesterol (i.e., the dicarboxylic acid moiety is a succinic acid moiety), also referred to herein as "cholesteryl hemisuccinate." Typical examples of such negatively charged amphiphiles include those listed in Table 5 below. [Table 5]

[0296] Of the above, cholesterol hemisuccinate is preferred.

[0297] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a monoester or diester of phosphoric acid, with one of the hydroxyl groups of the phosphoric acid esterified with diacylglycerol. The hydrocarbyl moieties of the acyl moieties of the diacylglycerol moiety are as defined above, but are preferably alkyl groups (as defined above) having 6 to 40, preferably 8 to 18, carbon atoms or alkenyl groups (as defined above) having 6 to 40, preferably 14 to 18, carbon atoms. The acyl moieties of the diacylglycerol moiety can be the same or different. In one embodiment, the acyl moieties are saturated fatty acid moieties, preferably selected from the group consisting of stearoyl, palmitoyl, myristoyl, lauroyl, decanoyl, and octanoyl moieties. In one embodiment, the acyl moieties are unsaturated fatty acid moieties, preferably selected from the group consisting of oleoyl, linoyl, and lineoyl moieties. When the negatively charged amphiphile is a diester of phosphoric acid, the second hydroxyl group may be esterified with an alkyl group (as defined above) having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a glyceryl group, or an O-serinyl group.

[0298] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is an anionic phospholipid. Typical examples of such anionic phospholipids suitable as negatively charged amphiphiles include phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylglycerol, or phosphatidic acid (all as defined above in their broadest or preferred aspects). The hydrocarbyl moieties of the acyl moieties of such anionic phospholipids are as defined above, but are preferably alkyl groups (as defined above) having 6 to 40, preferably 8 to 24, carbon atoms or alkenyl groups (as defined above) having 6 to 40, preferably 14 to 22, carbon atoms and 1 to 6 carbon-carbon double bonds. The acyl moieties of the phospholipids may be the same or different. In one embodiment, the acyl moieties are located at the 1- and 2-positions of the phospholipid. In one embodiment, the acyl moieties are located at the 1- and 3-positions of the phospholipid. In one embodiment, the acyl moiety is a saturated fatty acid moiety having 8 to 24 carbon atoms (including the acyl carbon), preferably selected from the group consisting of lignoceroyl, behenoyl, arachidoyl, stearoyl, palmitoyl, myristoyl, lauroyl, decanoyl, and octanoyl moieties. In certain embodiments, the neutral phospholipids have a T of 30° C. or higher. m and is selected from a distearoyl or dipalmitoyl or stearoyl-palmitoyl moiety. In one embodiment, the acyl moiety is an unsaturated fatty acid moiety having 14 to 22 carbon atoms (including the acyl carbon), preferably selected from the group consisting of oleoyl, linoyl, and lineoyl moieties.

[0299] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is phosphatidylserine, the acyl moiety of which may be any of those defined and exemplified above, hi one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is 1,2-dioleoylphosphatidylserine (DOPS).

[0300] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is phosphatidic acid, the acyl moiety of which may be any of those defined and exemplified above, hi one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is 1,2-dioleoylphosphatidic acid (DOPA).

[0301] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a phosphatidylglycerol, the acyl moiety of which may be any of those defined and exemplified above, hi one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is 1,2-palmitoyloleoylphosphatidylglycerol (POPG).

[0302] When the negatively charged amphiphile is phosphatidylserine, the composition typically does not contain a stealth lipid, as defined and exemplified below.When the negatively charged amphiphile is phosphatidylserine, the composition typically does not contain PEG.When the negatively charged amphiphile is phosphatidylserine, the composition typically does not contain a neutral surfactant.When the negatively charged amphiphile is phosphatidylserine, the composition typically does not contain polysorbate 20 (i.e., Tween 20), TPGS, Solutol, polysorbate 80 (i.e., Tween 80), or Myrj52.

[0303] In yet other embodiments, the negatively charged amphiphile comprises a transcriptional enhancer element, as described in WO 2008 / 074487.

[0304] Suitable examples of negatively charged amphiphiles are listed in Table 6 below. [Table 6] JPEG2026501351000054.jpg249170 JPEG2026501351000055.jpg248170 JPEG2026501351000056.jpg250170 JPEG2026501351000057.jpg208170

[0305] Anionic amphiphiles can be further characterized by their molecular volume and shape factor κ. Anionic amphiphiles are typically unprotonated and in their charged state. Anionic amphiphiles typically adsorb counterions from the mobile phase. For the purposes of describing the shape factor κ, we follow Siepi et al. (2011) and use 93 Å. 3 The counterion is modeled as a sodium ion containing a hydration shell with a molecular volume of κ. Thus, in one embodiment, the anionic amphiphile (containing a hydrated sodium ion) has a form factor κ between 0.25 and 2, preferably between 0.4 and 1.0.

[0306] In one embodiment, the partial molecular volume of the polar head group of the anionic amphiphile itself is between 40 and 120 Å. 3 , preferably 50 to 80 Å 3 is.

[0307] In one embodiment, the partial molecular volume of the non-polar tail group is between 120 and 600 Å. 3 , preferably 200 to 400 Å 3 is.

[0308] The values ​​of κ and partial molar volume for certain anionic amphiphiles are provided in Table 7 below. [Table 7] JPEG2026501351000059.jpg248170 JPEG2026501351000060.jpg17170

[0309] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is carboxylic acids, phosphonic acid, sulfate, sulfonates, Hemiesters of dicarboxylic acids and diacylglycerols, Hemiesters of dicarboxylic acids and cholesterol, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidic acid, or phosphatidylglycerol, and any mixtures thereof is selected from the group consisting of:

[0310] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a carboxylic acid selected from the group consisting of alkylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, alkenylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, cycloalkylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, alkylcycloalkylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and alkylarylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, which may be substituted by a hydroxyl group, and any mixture thereof; alkyl sulfates having 6 to 30 carbon atoms; alkyl sulfonates having 6 to 30 carbon atoms; Alkylaryl sulfonates having a total of 12 to 40 carbon atoms, alkylphosphonates having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, Hemiesters of dicarboxylic acids having 2 to 10 carbon atoms and diacylglycerols, Hemiesters of cholesterol with dicarboxylic acids having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, diacylphosphatidylserine, wherein each hydrocarbyl moiety of the acyl moiety is an alkenyl group having 6 to 40, preferably 14 to 22, carbon atoms and 1 to 6 carbon-carbon double bonds; and mixtures of any of these is selected from the group consisting of:

[0311] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a carboxylic acid selected from the group consisting of octanoic acid, decanoic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, arachidic acid, 2-butyloctanoic acid, 2-hexyldecanoic acid, 2-hydroxypalmitic acid, 2-methyloctadecanoic acid, hexadecenylsuccinic acid, neodecanoic acid, cyclohexanepentanoic acid, 1-adamantaneacetic acid, 4-pentylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, cyclododecanecarboxylic acid, p-nonylbenzoic acid, 2-decenoic acid, 3-decenoic acid, palmitoleic acid, linolenic acid, linoleic acid, oleic acid, elaidic acid, arachidonic acid, lithocholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, deoxycholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, and cholic acid; sodium dodecyl sulfate, a sulfonate selected from the group consisting of sodium cetyl sulfonate and decyl benzene sulfonate; a phosphonate selected from the group consisting of dodecylphosphonate and octadecylphosphonate; cholesteryl hemisuccinate, a diacylglycerol hemisuccinate selected from the group consisting of 1,2-dilauroylglyceryl hemisuccinate (DLGS), 1,2-dimyristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (DMGS), 1,2-dipalmitoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (DPGS), 1-palmitoyl-2-stearoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (PSGS), 1,2-distearoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (DSGS), 1-stearoyl-2-myristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (SMGS), and 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoylglyceryl hemisuccinate (POGS); and mixtures of any of these is selected from the group consisting of:

[0312] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 20 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 15 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 14 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 13 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 12 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 11 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 10 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 9 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 8 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 7 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 6 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to about 5 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. Surprisingly, it has been found that the presence of only small amounts of anionic lipids in lipid nanoparticles allows the lipid nanoparticles to remain colloidally stable and biocompatible.

[0313] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of at least about 0.1 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of at least about 0.2 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of at least about 0.5 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of at least about 1 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of at least about 2 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of at least about 3 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of at least about 4 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of at least about 5 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of at least about 6 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of at least about 7 mol% of the total lipids present in the composition.

[0314] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.1 to about 20 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.2 to about 20 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.5 to about 20 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 1 to about 20 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 2 to about 15 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 4 to about 12 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 6 to about 10 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 7 to about 9 mol % of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0315] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.1 to about 10 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.2 to about 7.5 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.5 to about 7 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 1 to about 6 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition. In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of about 2 to about 5 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition.

[0316] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a carboxylic acid, and the carboxylic acid is present in an amount of up to about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, for example up to about 13 mol%, such as up to about 12 mol%, for example up to about 11 mol%, such as up to about 10 mol%, for example up to about 9 mol%, such as up to about 8 mol%, for example up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, such as up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0317] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a carboxylic acid, and the carboxylic acid is present in an amount of at least about 1 mol%, such as at least about 2 mol%, for example at least about 3 mol%, such as at least about 4 mol%, for example at least about 5 mol%, such as at least about 6 mol%, for example at least about 7 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0318] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a carboxylic acid, and the carboxylic acid is present in the composition in an amount of from about 1 to about 20 mol %, such as from about 2 to about 15 mol %, for example from about 4 to about 12 mol %, such as from about 6 to about 10 mol %, for example from about 7 to about 9 mol %, or such as from about 1 to about 6 mol %, for example from about 2 to about 5 mol % of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0319] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a carboxylic acid having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as hexanoic acid, octanoic acid, decanoic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, or stearic acid, and the carboxylic acid is present in an amount of about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, such as up to about 13 mol%, for example up to about 12 mol%, such as up to about 11 mol%, for example up to about 10 mol%, such as up to about 9 mol%, for example up to about 8 mol%, such as up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, for example up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0320] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a carboxylic acid having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as hexanoic acid, octanoic acid, decanoic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, or stearic acid, and the carboxylic acid is present in an amount of at least about 1 mol%, such as at least about 2 mol%, for example at least about 3 mol%, such as at least about 4 mol%, for example at least about 5 mol%, such as at least about 6 mol%, for example at least about 7 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0321] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a carboxylic acid having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, such as hexanoic acid, octanoic acid, decanoic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, or stearic acid, and the carboxylic acid is present in the composition in an amount of about 1 to about 20 mol %, such as about 2 to about 15 mol %, for example about 4 to about 12 mol %, such as about 6 to about 10 mol %, for example about 7 to about 9 mol %, or such as about 1 to about 6 mol %, for example about 2 to about 5 mol %, of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0322] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and a diacylglycerol, and the hemiester is present in an amount of up to about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, for example up to about 13 mol%, such as up to about 12 mol%, for example up to about 11 mol%, such as up to about 10 mol%, for example up to about 9 mol%, such as up to about 8 mol%, for example up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, such as up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0323] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and a diacylglycerol, and the hemiester is present in an amount of up to about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, for example up to about 13 mol%, such as up to about 12 mol%, for example up to about 11 mol%, such as up to about 10 mol%, for example up to about 9 mol%, such as up to about 8 mol%, for example up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, such as up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0324] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and a diacylglycerol, and the hemiester is present in the composition in an amount of from about 0.1 to about 20 mol%, such as from about 0.2 to about 20%, for example from about 0.5 to about 20 mol%, for example from about 1 to about 20 mol%, such as from about 2 to about 15 mol%, for example from about 4 to about 12 mol%, such as from about 6 to about 10 mol%, for example from about 7 to about 9 mol%, or from about 0.2 to about 7.5 mol%, for example from about 0.5 to about 7 mol%, or for example from about 1 to about 6 mol%, such as from about 2 to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0325] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is 1,2-dimyristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate, and the 1,2-dimyristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate is present in an amount of up to about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, for example up to about 13 mol%, such as up to about 12 mol%, for example up to about 11 mol%, such as up to about 10 mol%, for example up to about 9 mol%, such as up to about 8 mol%, for example up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, such as up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0326] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is 1,2-dipalmitoylglyceryl hemisuccinate, and the 1,2-dipalmitoylglyceryl hemisuccinate is present in an amount of up to about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, for example up to about 13 mol%, such as up to about 12 mol%, for example up to about 11 mol%, such as up to about 10 mol%, for example up to about 9 mol%, such as up to about 8 mol%, for example up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, such as up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0327] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is 1-stearoyl,2-myristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate, and the 1-stearoyl,2-myristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate is present in an amount of up to about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, for example up to about 13 mol%, such as up to about 12 mol%, for example up to about 11 mol%, such as up to about 10 mol%, for example up to about 9 mol%, such as up to about 8 mol%, for example up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, such as up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0328] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is 1,2-dimyristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate, and the 1,2-dimyristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.1 to about 20 mol%, for example about 0.2 to about 20%, for example about 0.5 to about 20 mol%, for example about 1 to about 20 mol%, such as about 2 to about 15 mol%, for example about 4 to about 12 mol%, for example about 6 to about 10 mol%, for example about 7 to about 9 mol%, or about 0.2 to about 7.5 mol%, for example about 0.5 to about 7 mol%, for example about 1 to about 6 mol%, for example about 2 to 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0329] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is 1,2-dipalmitoylglyceryl hemisuccinate, and the 1,2-dimyristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.1 to about 20 mol%, for example about 0.2 to about 20%, for example about 0.5 to about 20 mol%, for example about 1 to about 20 mol%, such as about 2 to about 15 mol%, for example about 4 to about 12 mol%, for example about 6 to about 10 mol%, for example about 7 to about 9 mol%, or about 0.2 to about 7.5 mol%, for example about 0.5 to about 7 mol%, for example about 1 to about 6 mol%, for example about 2 to 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0330] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is 1-stearoyl,2-myristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate, and the 1-stearoyl,2-myristoylglyceryl hemisuccinate is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.1 to about 20 mol%, for example about 0.2 to about 20%, for example about 0.5 to about 20 mol%, for example about 1 to about 20 mol%, such as about 2 to about 15 mol%, for example about 4 to about 12 mol%, for example about 6 to about 10 mol%, for example about 7 to about 9 mol%, or about 0.2 to about 7.5 mol%, for example about 0.5 to about 7 mol%, for example about 1 to about 6 mol%, for example about 2 to 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0331] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is phosphatidylserine, and the phosphatidylserine is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.1 to about 20 mol%, for example, about 0.2 to about 20%, for example, about 0.5 to about 20 mol%, for example, about 1 to about 20 mol%, for example, about 2 to about 15 mol%, for example, about 4 to about 12 mol%, for example, about 6 to about 10 mol%, for example, about 7 to about 9 mol%, or about 0.2 to about 7.5 mol%, for example, about 0.5 to about 7 mol%, for example, about 1 to about 6 mol%, for example, about 2 to 5 mol%, of the total lipids present in the composition.

[0332] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is 1,2-dioleoylphosphatidylserine, and the 1,2-dioleoylphosphatidylserine is present in the composition in an amount of about 0.1 to about 20 mol%, such as about 0.2 to about 20%, for example about 0.5 to about 20 mol%, for example about 1 to about 20 mol%, such as about 2 to about 15 mol%, for example about 4 to about 12 mol%, for example about 6 to about 10 mol%, for example about 7 to about 9 mol%, or about 0.2 to about 7.5 mol%, for example about 0.5 to about 7 mol%, for example about 1 to about 6 mol%, for example about 2 to 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0333] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and cholesterol, and the hemiester is present in an amount of up to about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, for example up to about 13 mol%, such as up to about 12 mol%, for example up to about 11 mol%, such as up to about 10 mol%, for example up to about 9 mol%, such as up to about 8 mol%, for example up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, such as up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0334] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and cholesterol, and the hemiester is present in an amount of up to about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, for example up to about 13 mol%, such as up to about 12 mol%, for example up to about 11 mol%, such as up to about 10 mol%, for example up to about 9 mol%, such as up to about 8 mol%, for example up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, such as up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0335] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and cholesterol, and the hemiester is present in the composition in an amount of from about 1 to about 20 mol%, such as from about 2 to about 15 mol%, for example from about 4 to about 12 mol%, such as from about 6 to about 10 mol%, for example from about 7 to about 9 mol%, or from about 0.2 to about 7.5 mol%, such as from about 0.5 to about 7 mol%, for example from about 1 to about 6 mol%, for example from about 2 to 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0336] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is cholesterol hemisuccinate, and the cholesterol hemisuccinate is present in an amount of up to about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, for example up to about 13 mol%, such as up to about 12 mol%, for example up to about 11 mol%, such as up to about 10 mol%, for example up to about 9 mol%, such as up to about 8 mol%, for example up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, for example up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0337] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is cholesterol hemisuccinate, and the cholesterol hemisuccinate is present in an amount of up to about 20 mol%, such as up to about 15 mol%, for example up to about 14 mol%, for example up to about 13 mol%, such as up to about 12 mol%, for example up to about 11 mol%, such as up to about 10 mol%, for example up to about 9 mol%, such as up to about 8 mol%, for example up to about 7 mol%, for example up to about 6 mol%, for example up to about 5 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0338] In one embodiment, the negatively charged amphiphile is cholesterol hemisuccinate, and cholesterol hemisuccinate is present in the composition in an amount of about 1 to about 20 mol%, such as about 2 to about 15 mol%, for example about 4 to about 12 mol%, such as about 6 to about 10 mol%, for example about 7 to about 9 mol%, or about 0.2 to about 7.5 mol%, for example about 0.5 to about 7 mol%, such as about 1 to about 6 mol%, for example about 2 to 5 mol%, of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0339] neutral lipid The composition may further comprise a neutral lipid.The neutral lipid is preferably a neutral phospholipid.In one embodiment, the phospholipid may be zwitterionic (i.e., it carries both positive and negative charges, and therefore is neutral in the pH range around neutral).

[0340] In some embodiments, the phospholipid is selected from the group consisting of phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, and sphingomyelin. The hydrocarbyl moiety of the acyl portion of the phospholipid is as defined above, but is preferably an alkyl group (as defined above) having 6 to 40, preferably 8 to 24, carbon atoms, or an alkenyl group (as defined above) having 6 to 40, preferably 14 to 22, carbon atoms and 1 to 6 carbon-carbon double bonds. The acyl moieties of the phospholipid may be the same or different. In one embodiment, the acyl moieties are located at the 1- and 2-positions of the phospholipid. In one embodiment, the acyl moieties are located at the 1- and 3-positions of the phospholipid. In one embodiment, the acyl moieties are saturated fatty acid moieties having 8 to 24 carbon atoms (including the acyl carbon), preferably selected from the group consisting of lignoceroyl, behenoyl, arachidoyl, stearoyl, palmitoyl, myristoyl, lauroyl, decanoyl, and octanoyl moieties. In certain embodiments, the neutral phospholipid has a T of 30° C. or higher. m and is selected from a distearoyl or dipalmitoyl or stearoyl-palmitoyl moiety. In one embodiment, the acyl moiety is an unsaturated fatty acid moiety having 14 to 22 carbon atoms (including the acyl carbon), preferably selected from the group consisting of oleoyl, linoyl, and lineoyl moieties.

[0341] Examples of such phospholipids include 1,2-diacylphosphatidylcholines, such as 1,2-distearoylphosphatidylcholine (DSPC), 1,2-dioleoylphosphatidylcholine (DOPC), 1,2-dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine (DMPC), 1,2-dipentadecanoylphosphatidylcholine, 1,2-dilauroylphosphatidylcholine (DLPC), and 1,2-dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine. (DPPC), 1,2-diarachidoylphosphatidylcholine (DAPC), 1,2-dibehenoylphosphatidylcholine (DBPC), 1,2-ditricosanoylphosphatidylcholine (DTPC), 1,2-dilignoceroylphosphatidylcholine (DLPC), 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoylphosphatidylcholine (POPC), 1,2-di-O-octadecenyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (18:0 Diether PC), 1-oleoyl-2-cholesterylhemisuccinoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (OChemsPC), and 1-hexadecyl-sn-10-glycero-3-phosphocholine (C16 Lyso PC); phosphatidylethanolamines, in particular 1,2-diacylphosphatidylethanolamines, such as 1,2-dioleoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE), 1,2-distearoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DSPE), 1,2-dipalmitoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DPPE), 1,2-dimyristoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DMPE), 1,2-dilauroylphosphatidylethanolamine (DLPE), 1,2-diphytanoylphosphatidylethanolamine (DMPE), 1,2-diisopropylphosphatidylethanolamine (DPPE), 1,2-diisopropylphosphatidylethanolamine (DMPE), 1,2-diisopropylphosphatidylethanolamine (DL ... These include 1,2-di-(9Z-octadecenoyl)-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DOPG), 1,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phospho-(1'-rac-glycerol) (DPPG), and 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (POPE), N-palmitoyl-D-erythro-sphingosylphosphorylcholine (SM), and additional phosphatidylethanolamine lipids with various hydrophobic chains.

[0342] In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is selected from the group consisting of DSPC, DOPC, DMPC, DPPC, POPC, DOPE, DPPG, POPE, DPPE, DMPE, DSPE, and SM.

[0343] In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is selected from the group consisting of DSPC, DPPC, DMPC, DOPC, POPC, and SM. In one embodiment, the neutral lipid is not DOPE. In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is DSPC or POPC.

[0344] Thus, in some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein comprise a cationically ionizable lipid (as defined herein) and a phospholipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein comprise a cationically ionizable lipid and a phospholipid selected from the group consisting of DSPC, DPPC, POPC, and DOPC. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein comprise a cationically ionizable lipid (as defined herein) and DSPC or POPC.

[0345] In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is present in the lipid nanoparticle composition in an amount of about 5 mol% to about 40 mol%, e.g., about 5 mol% to about 25 mol%, about 5 mol% to about 20 mol%, about 5 mol% to about 15 mol%, or about 5 mol% to about 10 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0346] In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is selected from the group consisting of DSPC, DOPC, DMPC, DPPC, POPC, DOPE, POPE, DPPE, DMPE, DSPE, and SM, and the DSPC, DOPC, DMPC, DPPC, POPC, DOPE, POPE, DPPE, DMPE, DSPE, or SM is present in the lipid nanoparticle composition in an amount of about 5 mol% to about 40 mol%, e.g., about 5 mol% to about 25 mol%, about 5 mol% to about 20 mol%, about 5 mol% to about 15 mol%, or about 5 mol% to about 10 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0347] In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is selected from the group consisting of DSPC, DPPC, DMPC, DOPC, POPC, and SM, and the DSPC, DPPC, DMPC, DOPC, POPC, or SM is present in the lipid nanoparticle composition in an amount of about 5 mol% to about 40 mol%, e.g., about 5 mol% to about 25 mol%, about 5 mol% to about 20 mol%, about 5 mol% to about 15 mol%, or about 5 mol% to about 10 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0348] In some embodiments, the neutral lipid is DSPC or POPC, and the DSPC or POPC is present in the lipid nanoparticle composition in an amount of about 5 mol% to about 40 mol%, e.g., about 5 mol% to about 25 mol%, about 5 mol% to about 20 mol%, about 5 mol% to about 15 mol%, or about 5 mol% to about 10 mol% of the total lipid present in the composition.

[0349] steroid The lipid nanoparticle compositions of the present invention also include a steroid. In one embodiment, the steroid comprises a sterol. In one embodiment, the steroid is cholesterol.

[0350] Thus, in some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein comprise a cationically ionizable lipid (as defined herein) and cholesterol.

[0351] In some embodiments, the steroid is present in the lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein at a concentration ranging from about 10 mol% to about 65 mol%, e.g., from about 20 mol% to about 60 mol%, from about 30 mol% to about 50 mol%, or from about 25 mol% to about 35 mol% of the total lipid present in the compositions described herein.

[0352] In some embodiments, the steroid is cholesterol, and the cholesterol is present in the lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein at a concentration ranging from about 10 mol% to about 65 mol%, e.g., from about 20 mol% to about 60 mol%, from about 30 mol% to about 50 mol%, or from about 25 mol% to about 35 mol% of the total lipid present in the compositions described herein.

[0353] In certain preferred embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein comprise a phospholipid and cholesterol, preferably at the concentrations provided above. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle compositions comprise a phospholipid selected from the group consisting of DSPC, DPPC, DSPE, and DPPE, and cholesterol, preferably at the concentrations provided above. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein comprise DSPC and cholesterol, preferably at the concentrations provided above.

[0354] In some embodiments, the combined concentration of neutral lipids (particularly one or more phospholipids) and steroids (particularly cholesterol) may comprise from about 0 mol% to about 70 mol%, e.g., from about 2 mol% to about 60 mol%, from about 5 mol% to about 55 mol%, or from about 5 mol% to about 50 mol% of the total lipids present in the lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein.

[0355] Stealth lipids and other components that are preferably not present The lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein are substantially free (as defined above, in their broadest or preferred aspects) of polyethylene glycol-conjugated lipids (also referred to herein as PEGylated lipids or PEG-lipids) having at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units. The term "PEGylated lipid" refers to a molecule comprising both a lipid moiety and a polyethylene glycol moiety. PEGylated lipids are known in the art. In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle compositions described herein are substantially free (as defined above, in their broadest or preferred aspects) of polyethylene glycol (PEG). PEG may comprise at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units. PEG may be in any form, a conjugated lipid, or in the form of a surfactant. PEG may be associated with or bound to LNPs. PEG or PEG-lipids may comprise at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units. The PEG or PEG-lipid may contain 5-1000, 5-500, 5-100, 5-50, 8-1000, 8-500, 8-100, 8-50, 10-1000, 10-500, 10-100, or 10-50 ethylene glycol repeating units, which may be consecutive. The PEG or PEG-lipid may contain 5-1000, optionally 8-100, ethylene glycol repeating units, which may be preferably consecutive.

[0356] As used herein, the term "polymer" is given its conventional meaning: a molecular structure comprising one or more repeating units (monomers) connected by covalent bonds. The repeating units may all be identical, or in some cases, more than one type of repeating unit may be present in the polymer. In some cases, the polymer is biologically derived, i.e., a biopolymer such as a protein. In some cases, additional moieties, such as targeting moieties, may be present in the polymer. If more than one type of repeating unit is present in the polymer, the polymer is referred to as a "copolymer." The repeating units forming the copolymer can be arranged in any manner. For example, the repeating units can be arranged in random order, alternating order, or as a "block" copolymer, in which one or more regions each comprise a first repeating unit (e.g., a first block) and one or more regions each comprise a second repeating unit (e.g., a second block). Block copolymers can have two (diblock copolymers), three (triblock copolymers), or a greater number of distinct repeating units.

[0357] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of stealth polymers (as defined above in its broadest or preferred embodiment). As used herein, the term "stealth polymer" refers to a polymer (as defined above) (which may be conjugated to a lipid) having the following characteristics: (a) polar (hydrophilic) functional groups, (b) hydrogen bond acceptor groups, (c) no hydrogen bond donor groups, and (d) no net charge. In some embodiments, the stealth polymer is designed to sterically stabilize the lipid particle by forming a protective hydrophilic layer that shields the hydrophobic lipid layer. In some embodiments, the stealth polymer can reduce association with serum proteins and / or the resulting uptake by the reticuloendothelial system when such lipid particles are administered in vivo.

[0358] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of lipids conjugated to stealth polymers (also referred to herein simply as "stealth lipids") (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment).

[0359] Examples of such stealth polymers include poly(sarcosine) (pSar), which can be conjugated to lipids to produce polysarcosinated lipids, poly(oxazoline) (POX), poly(oxazine) (POZ), poly(vinylpyrrolidone) (PVP), poly(N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide) (pHPMA), poly(dehydroalanine) (pDha), poly(aminoethoxyethoxyacetic acid) (pAEEA), and poly(2-methylaminoethoxyethoxyacetic acid) (pmAEEA).

[0360] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of polysarcosine-conjugated lipids, also referred to herein as sarcosinated lipids or pSar-lipids (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment). The term "sarcosinated lipid" refers to a molecule comprising both a lipid portion and a polysarcosine (poly(N-methylglycine)) portion, the polysarcosine portion having the repeating unit shown below. [ka]

[0361] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of polyoxazoline (POX)-conjugated and / or polyoxazine (POZ)-conjugated lipids and / or POX / POZ-conjugated lipids (as defined above in the broadest aspects of preferred embodiments), also referred to herein as conjugates of POX and / or POZ polymers with one or more hydrophobic chains, or oxazolinated and / or oxazinated lipids, or POX- and / or POZ-lipids. The term "oxazolinated lipid" or "POX-lipid" refers to a molecule comprising both a lipid portion and a polyoxazoline portion, wherein the polyoxazoline portion (pOx) has the repeating unit shown below. The term "oxazinated lipid" or "POZ-lipid" refers to a molecule comprising both a lipid portion and a polyoxazine portion, wherein the polyoxazine (pOz) portion has the repeating unit shown below. The term "oxazolinated / oxazinated lipid" or "POX / POZ-lipid" or "POXZ-lipid" refers to a molecule that contains both a lipid portion and a copolymer portion of polyoxazoline and polyoxazine, i.e., a polymer having both pOx and pOz repeating units as shown below. [ka]

[0362] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of poly(vinylpyrrolidone) (PVP) (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment). In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of poly(vinylpyrrolidone) (PVP) conjugated to lipids (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment). The term "poly(vinylpyrrolidone)" or "PVP" refers to a polymer having vinylpyrrolidine repeating units, i.e., repeating units as shown below: [ka]

[0363] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of poly(N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide) (pHPMA) (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment). In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of poly(N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide) (pHPMA) (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment) conjugated to a lipid. The term "poly(N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide)" or "pHPMA" refers to a polymer having the repeating unit shown below: [ka]

[0364] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of poly(dehydroalanine) (pDha) (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment). In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of poly(dehydroalanine) (pDha) conjugated to a lipid (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment). The term "pDha" refers to a polymer having the repeating unit shown below: [ka]

[0365] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of amphiphilic oligoethylene glycol (OEG)-conjugated lipids (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment). Examples of amphiphilic oligoethylene glycol (OEG)-conjugated lipids include poly(aminoethylethylene glycol acetyl) (pAEEA) and / or poly(methylaminoethylethylene glycol acetyl) (pmAEEA). The terms "pAEEA" and "pmAEAA" refer to polymers having the repeating units shown below. [ka]

[0366] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of phosphatidylserine (as defined above in the broadest preferred embodiment). In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of surfactants (as defined above in the broadest preferred embodiment). Surfactants may be understood to mean non-ionic amphiphilic organic compounds, such as poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) chains linked to a single hydrophobic chain, polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters, D-α-tocopheryl polyethylene glycol succinate (TPGS), polyoxyethylene monoesters of saturated C10-C22 hydroxy fatty acids, polyoxyethylene fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, or combinations thereof. In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of surfactants, including PEG or other stealth polymers (as defined above in the broadest preferred embodiment). In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free (as defined above in the broadest preferred embodiment) of surfactants selected from the group consisting of polysorbates (TWEENS), such as polysorbate 20 (Tween 20), polysorbate 40, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 80, D-α-tocopherol polyethylene glycol succinate (TPGS), Solutol, Myrjs, and Brijs. In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free (as defined above in the broadest preferred embodiment) of Tween 20 (polysorbate 20), TPGS (tocopheryl polyethylene glycol succinate), Solutol (polyoxyethylene ester of 12-hydroxystearic acid), Tween 80 (polysorbate 80), and Myrjs 52 (polyoxyethylene (40) stearate). In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of polyoxyethylene sorbitan esters, optionally polysorbates, preferably polysorbate 20 (Tween 20) (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment).

[0367] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition is substantially free of inorganic polyphosphate (as defined above in the broadest aspect of the preferred embodiment). The inorganic polyphosphate can be any linear, cyclic, or branched inorganic polyphosphate. In some embodiments, the inorganic polyphosphate is a linear inorganic polyphosphate (e.g., a linear inorganic triphosphate). In some embodiments, the inorganic polyphosphate has the formula [P x O (3x+1) ] y- where x is an integer and is at least 3, and y is the anionic charge. For example, if x is 3, the inorganic polyphosphate has the formula [PO 10 ] 5- Similarly, if x is 4, the inorganic polyphosphate has the formula [PO 13 ] 6- In some embodiments, the inorganic polyphosphate is selected from the group consisting of triphosphate, tetraphosphate, pentaphosphate, hexaphosphate, heptaphosphate, and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the inorganic polyphosphate is selected from the group consisting of triphosphate, tetraphosphate, pentaphosphate, and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the inorganic polyphosphate is a triphosphate.

[0368] Preferred Compositions In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); 1,2-distearyloxy-N,N-dimethyl-3-aminopropane (DSDMA), 1,2-Dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLinDMA), 3-dimethylamino-2-(cholest-5-ene-3-β-oxybutan-4-oxy)-1-(cis,cis-9,12-octadecadienoxy)propane (CLinDMA), 2-[5'-(cholest-5-ene-3-β-oxy)-3'-oxapentoxy)-3-dimethyl-1-(cis,cis-9',12'-octadecadienoxy)propane (CpLinDMA), N,N-dimethyl-3,4-dioleyloxybenzylamine (DMOBA), 1,2-N,N'-dioleylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DOcarbDAP), 2,3-Dilinoleoyloxy-N,N-dimethylpropylamine (DLinDAP), 1,2-N,N'-Dilinoleylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DLincarbDAP), 1,2-Dilinoleoylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DLinCDAP), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminomethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-K-DMA), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-K5-XTC2-DMA), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA), Heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (DLin-MC3-DMA), 2-({8-[(3β)-cholest-5-en-3-yloxy]octyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-1-amine (octyl-CLinDMA), Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)8,8'-((((2(dimethylamino)ethyl)thio)carbonyl)azanediyl)-dioctanoate (ATX), N,N-dimethyl-2,3-bis(dodecyloxy)propan-1-amine (DLDMA), N,N-dimethyl-2,3-bis(tetradecyloxy)propan-1-amine (DMDMA), Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)-9-((4-(dimethylaminobutanoyl)oxy)heptadecanedioate (L319), N-dodecyl-3-((2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethyl)-{2-[(2-dodecylcarbamoylethyl)-2-{(2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethyl)-[2-(2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethylamino)-ethyl]-amino}-ethylamino)propionamide (Lipidoid 98N12-5), 1-[2-[bis(2-hydroxydodecyl)amino]ethyl-[2-[4-[2-[bis(2-hydroxydodecyl)-amino]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]ethyl]amino]dodecan-2-ol (lipidoid C12-200), (6Z,9Z,28Z,31Z)-heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl 4-(dimethylamino)butanoate; Bis-(2-butyloctyl) 10-(N-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)nonanamido)nonadecanedioate (A9); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); (heptadecan-9-yl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)octyl]amino}octanoate) (L5); Heptadecan-9-yl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate) (SM-102); ((2-((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)ethyl)azanediyl)bis(octane-8,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate) (EA 405); (((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)azanediyl)bis(octane-8,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate) (HY405); 8-(((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)amino)octyl 2-hexyldecanoate (HY501); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); and Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ) is selected from the group consisting of The neutral lipid is selected from the group consisting of DSPC, DOPC, DMPC, DPPC, POPC, DOPE, DPPG, POPE, DPPE, DMPE, DSPE, and SM.

[0369] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is 2,2-dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA); Heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (D-Lin-MC3-DMA); 1,2-Dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLin-DMA); N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)-9-((4-(dimethylaminobutanoyl)oxy)heptadecanedioate (L319); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); HY501 (as further described herein); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); and Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ) is selected from the group consisting of The neutral lipid is selected from the group consisting of DSPC, DPPC, DMPC, DOPC, POPC, and SM.

[0370] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); and Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ) is selected from the group consisting of The neutral lipid is DSPC.

[0371] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); 1,2-distearyloxy-N,N-dimethyl-3-aminopropane (DSDMA), 1,2-Dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLinDMA), 3-dimethylamino-2-(cholest-5-ene-3-β-oxybutan-4-oxy)-1-(cis,cis-9,12-octadecadienoxy)propane (CLinDMA), 2-[5'-(cholest-5-ene-3-β-oxy)-3'-oxapentoxy)-3-dimethyl-1-(cis,cis-9',12'-octadecadienoxy)propane (CpLinDMA), N,N-dimethyl-3,4-dioleyloxybenzylamine (DMOBA), 1,2-N,N'-dioleylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DOcarbDAP), 2,3-Dilinoleoyloxy-N,N-dimethylpropylamine (DLinDAP), 1,2-N,N'-Dilinoleylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DLincarbDAP), 1,2-Dilinoleoylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DLinCDAP), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminomethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-K-DMA), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-K5-XTC2-DMA), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA), Heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (DLin-MC3-DMA), 2-({8-[(3β)-cholest-5-en-3-yloxy]octyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-1-amine (octyl-CLinDMA), Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)8,8'-((((2(dimethylamino)ethyl)thio)carbonyl)azanediyl)-dioctanoate (ATX), N,N-dimethyl-2,3-bis(dodecyloxy)propan-1-amine (DLDMA), N,N-dimethyl-2,3-bis(tetradecyloxy)propan-1-amine (DMDMA), Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)-9-((4-(dimethylaminobutanoyl)oxy)heptadecanedioate (L319), N-dodecyl-3-((2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethyl)-{2-[(2-dodecylcarbamoylethyl)-2-{(2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethyl)-[2-(2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethylamino)-ethyl]-amino}-ethylamino)propionamide (Lipidoid 98N12-5), 1-[2-[bis(2-hydroxydodecyl)amino]ethyl-[2-[4-[2-[bis(2-hydroxydodecyl)-amino]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]ethyl]amino]dodecan-2-ol (lipidoid C12-200), (6Z,9Z,28Z,31Z)-heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl 4-(dimethylamino)butanoate; Bis-(2-butyloctyl) 10-(N-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)nonanamido)nonadecanedioate (A9); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); (heptadecan-9-yl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)octyl]amino}octanoate) (L5); Heptadecan-9-yl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate) (SM-102); ((2-((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)ethyl)azanediyl)bis(octane-8,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate) (EA 405); (((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)azanediyl)bis(octane-8,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate) (HY405); 8-(((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)amino)octyl 2-hexyldecanoate (HY501); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); and Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ) is selected from the group consisting of The steroid is cholesterol.

[0372] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is 2,2-dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA); Heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (D-Lin-MC3-DMA); 1,2-Dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLin-DMA); N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)-9-((4-(dimethylaminobutanoyl)oxy)heptadecanedioate (L319); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); HY501 (as further described herein); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); and Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ) is selected from the group consisting of The steroid is cholesterol.

[0373] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); and Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ) is selected from the group consisting of The steroid is cholesterol.

[0374] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); 1,2-distearyloxy-N,N-dimethyl-3-aminopropane (DSDMA), 1,2-Dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLinDMA), 3-dimethylamino-2-(cholest-5-ene-3-β-oxybutan-4-oxy)-1-(cis,cis-9,12-octadecadienoxy)propane (CLinDMA), 2-[5'-(cholest-5-ene-3-β-oxy)-3'-oxapentoxy)-3-dimethyl-1-(cis,cis-9',12'-octadecadienoxy)propane (CpLinDMA), N,N-dimethyl-3,4-dioleyloxybenzylamine (DMOBA), 1,2-N,N'-dioleylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DOcarbDAP), 2,3-Dilinoleoyloxy-N,N-dimethylpropylamine (DLinDAP), 1,2-N,N'-Dilinoleylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DLincarbDAP), 1,2-Dilinoleoylcarbamyl-3-dimethylaminopropane (DLinCDAP), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminomethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-K-DMA), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-K5-XTC2-DMA), 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA), Heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (DLin-MC3-DMA), 2-({8-[(3β)-cholest-5-en-3-yloxy]octyl}oxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-1-amine (octyl-CLinDMA), Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)8,8'-((((2(dimethylamino)ethyl)thio)carbonyl)azanediyl)-dioctanoate (ATX), N,N-dimethyl-2,3-bis(dodecyloxy)propan-1-amine (DLDMA), N,N-dimethyl-2,3-bis(tetradecyloxy)propan-1-amine (DMDMA), Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)-9-((4-(dimethylaminobutanoyl)oxy)heptadecanedioate (L319), N-dodecyl-3-((2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethyl)-{2-[(2-dodecylcarbamoylethyl)-2-{(2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethyl)-[2-(2-dodecylcarbamoyl-ethylamino)-ethyl]-amino}-ethylamino)propionamide (Lipidoid 98N12-5), 1-[2-[bis(2-hydroxydodecyl)amino]ethyl-[2-[4-[2-[bis(2-hydroxydodecyl)-amino]ethyl]piperazin-1-yl]ethyl]amino]dodecan-2-ol (lipidoid C12-200), (6Z,9Z,28Z,31Z)-heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl 4-(dimethylamino)butanoate; Bis-(2-butyloctyl) 10-(N-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)nonanamido)nonadecanedioate (A9); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); (heptadecan-9-yl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)octyl]amino}octanoate) (L5); Heptadecan-9-yl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate) (SM-102); ((2-((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)ethyl)azanediyl)bis(octane-8,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate) (EA 405); (((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)azanediyl)bis(octane-8,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate) (HY405); 8-(((4-(dimethylamino)butanoyl)oxy)((9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)amino)octyl 2-hexyldecanoate (HY501); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ) Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); and Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ) is selected from the group consisting of The anionic amphiphile is selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acids, phosphonic acids, sulfates, sulfonates, hemiesters of dicarboxylic acids and diacylglycerol, hemiesters of dicarboxylic acids and cholesterol, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidic acid, or phosphatidylglycerol.

[0375] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is 2,2-dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA); Heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (D-Lin-MC3-DMA); 1,2-Dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLin-DMA); N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)-9-((4-(dimethylaminobutanoyl)oxy)heptadecanedioate (L319); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); HY501 (as further described herein); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); and Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ) is selected from the group consisting of Anionic amphiphiles include: a carboxylic acid selected from the group consisting of alkylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, alkenylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, cycloalkylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, alkylcycloalkylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and alkylarylcarboxylic acids having a total of 6 to 40 carbon atoms, which may be substituted by a hydroxyl group, and any mixture thereof; alkyl sulfates having 6 to 30 carbon atoms; alkyl sulfonates having 6 to 30 carbon atoms; Alkylaryl sulfonates having a total of 12 to 40 carbon atoms, alkylphosphonates having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, Hemiesters of dicarboxylic acids having 2 to 10 carbon atoms and diacylglycerols, Hemiesters of cholesterol with dicarboxylic acids having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, diacylphosphatidylserine, wherein each hydrocarbyl moiety of the acyl moiety is an alkenyl group having 6 to 40, preferably 14 to 22, carbon atoms and 1 to 6 carbon-carbon double bonds; and mixtures of any of these is selected from the group consisting of:

[0376] In one embodiment, the cationically ionizable lipid is N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3'-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3'-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3'-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DM...

Claims

1. (a) an active ingredient, and (b) (i) a cationically ionizable lipid capable of forming lipid nanoparticles; (ii) steroids, and (iii) Negatively charged amphiphiles having a hydrophilic portion and a lipophilic portion a lipid mixture comprising A composition comprising: The composition is a lipid nanoparticle composition, is substantially free of polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipids, and the PEG portion of the polyethylene glycol (PEG)-conjugated lipids has at least five consecutive ethylene glycol repeat units.

2. 2. The composition of claim 1, wherein the lipophilic portion of the negatively charged amphiphile has 6 to 40 carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms.

3. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is a carboxylic acid.

4. 4. The composition of claim 3, wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is selected from the group consisting of hexanoic acid, octanoic acid, decanoic acid, lauric acid, myristic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, eicosanoic acid, tricosanoic acid, 2-hydroxytetradecanoic acid, 2-methyloctadecanoic acid, 2-bromohexadecanoic acid, 2-propylpentanoic acid, 2-butyloctanoic acid, 2-hexyldecanoic acid, 9-hydroxystearic acid, trans-2-decenoic acid, (9Z)-9-hexadecenoic acid, linoleic acid, linolenic acid, oleic acid, elaidic acid, arachidonic acid, cyclododecanoic acid, adamantylacetic acid, dicyclohexylacetic acid, trans-4-pentylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid, 4-(decyloxy)benzoic acid, 4-octylbenzoic acid, cholic acid, and lithocholic acid, and mixtures of any of these.

5. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and a diacylglycerol.

6. 2. The composition of claim 1, wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is selected from the group consisting of 1,2-dimyristoyl glyceryl hemisuccinate, 1,2-dioleoyl glyceryl hemisuccinate, and 1-stearoyl-2-myristoyl glyceryl hemisuccinate, and mixtures of any of these.

7. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is a hemiester of a dicarboxylic acid and cholesterol.

8. 8. The composition of claim 7, wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is selected from the group consisting of cholesterol hemisuccinate, cholesterol hemimalonate, and cholesterol hemiadipate, and mixtures of any of these.

9. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is an organic sulfate or sulfonate.

10. 10. The composition of claim 9, wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is selected from the group consisting of sodium lauryl sulfate, sodium hexadecanesulfonate, and sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate, and mixtures of any of these.

11. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is an organophosphonate.

12. 12. The composition of claim 11, wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is selected from the group consisting of octadecylphosphonic acid and dodecylphosphonic acid, and mixtures thereof.

13. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is an anionic phospholipid.

14. 14. The composition of claim 13, wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is selected from the group consisting of phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylglycerol, and phosphatidic acid.

15. The composition of claim 14, wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is phosphatidylserine.

16. The composition of claim 15, wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is 1,2-dioleoylphosphatidylserine.

17. 17. The composition of any preceding claim, wherein the negatively charged amphiphile is present in the composition in an amount of up to 20 mol % of the total lipid present in the composition.

18. The cationically ionizable lipid is [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA); Heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (D-Lin-MC3-DMA); 1,2-Dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLin-DMA); N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)-9-((4-(dimethylaminobutanoyl)oxy)heptadecanedioate (L319); Bis-(2-butyloctyl) 10-(N-(3-(dimethylamino)propyl)nonanamido)-nonadecanedioate (A9); (Heptadecan-9-yl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)octyl]amino}-octanoate) (L5); Heptadecan-9-yl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}-octanoate) (SM-102); O-[N-{(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)}-N-{7-pentadecylcarbonyloxyoctyl}-amino]4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (HY501); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3′-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3′-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3′-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3′-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3′-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3′-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ); The composition of any of claims 1 to 17, wherein the composition is selected from the group consisting of: and any mixture thereof.

19. The cationically ionizable lipid is 2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminoethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane (DLin-KC2-DMA); Heptatriaconta-6,9,28,31-tetraen-19-yl-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (D-Lin-MC3-DMA); 1,2-Dilinoleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DLin-DMA); N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); Di((Z)-non-2-en-1-yl)-9-((4-(dimethylaminobutanoyl)oxy)heptadecanedioate (L319); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); O-[N-{(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yl)}-N-{7-pentadecylcarbonyloxyoctyl}-amino]4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (HY501); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3′-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3′-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3′-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3′-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3′-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ); and any mixture thereof.

20. The cationically ionizable lipid is N,N-dimethyl-2,3-dioleyloxypropylamine (DODMA); [(4-hydroxybutyl)azanediyl]di(hexane-6,1-diyl)bis(2-hexyldecanoate)) (ALC-315); 9-Heptadecanyl 8-{(2-hydroxyethyl)[6-oxo-6-(undecyloxy)hexyl]amino}octanoate (SM102); Di(heptadecan-9-yl)3,3′-((2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C2-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-((2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1MePyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-((2-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-Pyr); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-(((1-methylpiperidin-3-yl)methyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-1Me-3PipD); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3′-((2-(dimethylamino)ethyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C2-DMA); Bis(2-octyldodecyl)3,3′-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-PipZ); Bis(2-octyldodecyl) 3,3′-((4-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BODD-C2C4-Pyr); Bis(2-hexyldecyl) 3,3′-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (BHD-C2C4-PipZ); Di(nonadecan-9-yl)3,3′-((4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl)azanediyl)dipropionate (DND-C2-C4-PipZ); 20. The composition of claim 19, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of: and any mixture thereof.

21. 21. The composition of any preceding claim, wherein the cationically ionizable lipid is present in the composition in an amount of 20-80 mol % of the total lipid present in the composition.

22. 22. The composition of any preceding claim, wherein the lipid mixture comprises one or more further lipids.

23. 23. The composition of claim 22, wherein the one or more additional lipids comprise a neutral or zwitterionic lipid.

24. 24. The composition of claim 23, wherein the one or more additional lipids comprise a neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid.

25. Neutral or zwitterionic phospholipids, Distearoylphosphatidylcholine (DSPC), Dioleoylphosphatidylcholine (DOPC), Dimyristoylphosphatidylcholine (DMPC), Dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine (DPPC), Palmitoyloleoylphosphatidylcholine (POPC), N-palmitoyl-D-erythro sphingosylphosphorylcholine (SM), and any mixtures thereof 25. The composition of claim 24, selected from the group consisting of:

26. 26. The composition of claim 25, wherein the neutral or zwitterionic phospholipid is distearoylphosphatidylcholine (DSPC).

27. 27. The composition of any one of claims 24 to 26, wherein the phospholipid is present in the composition in an amount of 5 to 30 mol % of the total lipid present in the composition.

28. 28. The composition of any preceding claim, wherein the one or more additional lipids comprise a steroid.

29. 29. The composition of claim 28, wherein the steroid is cholesterol.

30. 30. The composition of claim 28 or 29, wherein the steroid is present in the composition in an amount of 10 to 60 mol % of the total lipids present in the composition.

31. The composition according to any one of claims 1 to 30, wherein the active ingredient is a nucleic acid.

32. 32. The composition of claim 31, wherein the nucleic acid is RNA.

33. 32. The composition of claim 31, wherein the nucleic acid is DNA.

34. 33. The composition of claim 32, wherein the nucleic acid is mRNA.

35. 35. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 34, which is substantially free of stealth lipids.

36. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the composition of any one of claims 1 to 35 together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

37. A composition according to any one of claims 1 to 35 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 36 for use in medicine.

38. A composition according to any one of claims 1 to 35 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 36 for use in the prophylactic and / or therapeutic treatment of a disease in which the antigen is involved.

39. A composition according to any one of claims 1 to 35 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 36 for use in the treatment of cancer.

40. A composition according to any one of claims 1 to 35 or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 36 for use in inducing an immune response.

41. The composition of any one of claims 1 to 35 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 36, further comprising another therapeutic agent.

42. A method for preparing a composition according to any one of claims 1 to 35, comprising the steps of: (a) providing an active ingredient in an aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising a lipid mixture; and (c) combining the aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b) to form a composition. The method comprising:

43. A method for preparing a composition according to any one of claims 1 to 35, comprising the steps of: (a) providing an active ingredient in an aqueous phase; (b) providing an organic phase comprising a lipid mixture; (c) combining the aqueous phase provided in (a) with the organic phase provided in (b) to form an intermediate composition; and (d) immediately after step (c), adjusting the pH of the intermediate composition to form the composition. The method comprising:

Images